Upload
others
View
15
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
L
Ä.TTXä
1351
5155
9400
Servo Drives
SM302 safety module_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Software manual EN
EDS94AYAF
Overview of technical documentation for Servo Drives 9400
2 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Project planning, selection & ordering Legend:
9400 hardware manual Printed documentation
Catalogue / electronic catalogue (DSC - Drive Solution Catalogue) Online documentation(PDF/Engineer online help)
Mounting & wiring Abbreviations used:
MA 9400 StateLine/HighLine/PLC BA Operating Instructions
MA for the communication module KHB Communication manual
MA for the extension module MA Mounting instructions
MA for the safety module SW Software manual
MA for the accessories
MA for remote maintenance components
Parameter setting
BA keypad
SW for the »Engineer« Lenze software
SW for Servo Drives 9400
SW for the regenerative power supply module
KHB for the communication module
SW for the extension module
SW for the safety module This documentation
SW for the Lenze technology application
SW for the 9400 function library
Configuring & programming
SW for the »Engineer« Lenze software
SW for the »PLC Designer« Lenze software
SW for Servo Drives 9400
KHB for the communication module
SW for the extension module
SW for the safety module This documentation
SW for the Lenze technology application
SW for the 9400 function library
Drive commissioning
Commissioning guidelines
SW for Servo Drives 9400
Remote maintenance manual
Networking
KHB for the communication medium used
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 3
Content
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
1 About this documentation _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 61.1 Document history _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 71.2 Conventions used _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 71.3 Terminology used _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 81.4 Definition of the notes used _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 9
2 Introduction _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 102.1 Terms and abbreviations used in drive-based safety _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 112.2 Function mode of the safety module _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 132.3 Functional range of SM302 (short overview) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 142.4 Integration into the application _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 152.5 Parameter setting & configuration _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 17
2.5.1 Required settings for Servo Drives 9400 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 192.5.2 System block "LS_SafetyModuleInterface" _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 20
2.5.2.1 Status information _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 212.5.2.2 I/O status information _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 232.5.2.3 Control information _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 24
2.5.3 "SMI_SafetyModuleInterface" system block for Servo Drives 9400 PLC _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 262.6 Error management _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 27
2.6.1 Logbook function in Servo Drives 9400 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 282.6.2 Logbook function in the SM302 safety module _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 28
Content
Content
4 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3 Safe configuration _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 303.1 Changing parameter settings _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 313.2 Importing/exporting parameter settings _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 323.3 Plausibility check _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 323.4 Compatibility mode _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 333.5 Protection of the safe parameters by project-related password entry _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 333.6 General parameters _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 34
3.6.1 General _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 343.6.1.1 Setting of the safety address _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 35
3.6.2 Feedback system _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 363.6.3 Speed evaluation _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 383.6.4 Position evaluation _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 39
3.6.4.1 Safe speed measurement and relative position evaluation _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 403.6.4.2 Use of encoders for the safe position evaluation _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 42
3.6.5 Safe referencing (SREF) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 433.6.5.1 Operating states that do not require homing processes _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 44
3.7 Safe inputs _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 473.8 Safe output _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 50
3.8.1 Example 1: "Safety door" _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 523.8.2 Example 2: "Signalling" _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 53
3.9 Safety functions _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 543.9.1 Safe stop (SSE, SS1, SS2, SOS) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 54
3.9.1.1 Prioritisation _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 553.9.1.2 Restart behaviour _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 563.9.1.3 Emergency stop function (SSE) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 573.9.1.4 Safe torque off (STO) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 573.9.1.5 Safe stop 1 (SS1) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 583.9.1.6 Safe stop 2 (SS2) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 593.9.1.7 Ramp monitoring (SS1/SS2) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 61
3.9.2 Safe speed (SMS / SLS) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 633.9.2.1 Safe maximum speed (SMS) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 633.9.2.2 Safely limited speed (SLS) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 653.9.2.3 Error analysis for the functions SMS and SLS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 66
3.9.3 Safe direction (SDI) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 673.9.4 Safely limited position (SLP) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 693.9.5 Safe cam (SCA) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 713.9.6 Position-dependent speed (PDSS) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 723.9.7 Safely limited increment (SLI) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 763.9.8 Operation mode selection (OMS) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 78
3.9.8.1 Enable switch (ES) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 813.9.9 Repair mode select (RMS) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 823.9.10 Cascading (CAS) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 84
3.10 Safety bus _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 853.10.1 PROFIsafe connection _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 873.10.2 FSoE connection _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 893.10.3 PROFIsafe output data _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 913.10.4 PROFIsafe input data _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 92
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 5
Content
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
4 Safe parameter transfer _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 944.1 Sending safe data _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 954.2 Read safe data from device _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 964.3 Write parameter set into file _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 974.4 Read parameter set out of file _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 974.5 General reset of the device _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 984.6 Password management _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 99
5 Parameter reference _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1005.1 Parameter list _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1005.2 Table of attributes _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 145
6 Error messages _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 149
Your opinion is important to us _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 184
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 6
1 About this documentation
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
1 About this documentation
This documentation contains information on how to parameterise & configure the SM302 safety module.
Target group
This documentation addresses to persons who want to parameterise, configure, and diagnose an SM302 safety module attached to the Servo Drives 9400 using the L-force »Engineer« engineering software.
Information regarding the validity
The information in this documentation applies to:
This safety module can be used together with the following standard devices:
This safety module can be used together with the following communication modules:
Tip!
We recommend the use of the documentation for the 9400 EtherCAT communication module, especially for configuring the EtherCAT interface.
Information and tools regarding the Lenze products can be found on the Internet:
http://www.Lenze.com Download
Note!
This documentation supplements the manual for the safety module and the documentation for Servo Drives 9400.
The manual for the safety module contains safety instructions that must be observed!
Safety module Type designation From hardware version From software version
SM302 E94AYAF VA 1.00
Product series Type designation From hardware version From software version
Servo Drives 9400 HighLine E94AxHExxxx 2A 13.xx
Servo Drives 9400 PLC E94AxPExxxx 2A 07.xx
Product series Type designation From hardware version From software version
9400 EtherCAT E94AYCET VF 4.xx
9400 PROFINET E94AYCER VF 3.xx
1 About this documentation1.1 Document history
7 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
1.1 Document history
1.2 Conventions used
This documentation uses the following conventions to distinguish between different types of information:
Version Description
1.0 09/2016 TD06 First edition for SM302 V1.0
Type of information Highlighting Examples/notes
Spelling of numbers
Decimal separator Point The decimal point is always used.Example: 1234.56
Text
Version information Blue text colour All information applying to from a certain software version of Servo Drives 9400 is marked accordingly in this documentation.Example: This function extension is available from software version V3.0!
Program name » « The Lenze PC software »Engineer«...
Window italics The Message window... / The dialog box Options...
Variable names Setting bEnable to TRUE...
Control element bold The OK button... / The Copy command... / The Properties tab... / The Name input field...
Sequence of menu commands
If the execution of a function requires several commands, the individual commands are separated by an arrow: Select FileOpen to...
Shortcut <bold> Press <F1> to open the online help.
If a command requires a combination of keys, a "+" is placed between the key symbols: Use <Shift>+<ESC> to...
Hyperlink underlined Optically highlighted reference to another topic. It is activated with a mouse-click in this online documentation.
Icons
Page reference ( 7) Optically highlighted reference to another page. It is activated with a mouse-click in this online documentation.
Step-by-step instructions Step-by-step instructions are indicated by a pictograph.
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 8
1 About this documentation1.3 Terminology used
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
1.3 Terminology used
Term Meaning
Engineering tools Software solutions for easy engineering in all project stages
»EASY Navigator« – ensures easy operator guidance• All convenient Lenze engineering tools at a glance• Tools can be quickly selected• The clear structure simplifies the engineering process from the start
»Engineer« – multi-device engineering• For all products in our L-force portfolio• Practical user interface• Graphic interfaces make it easy to navigate• Can be applied in every phase of a project (project planning,
commissioning, production)• Parameter setting and configuration
»PLC Designer« – for programming processes• Creating your own programs• Programming Logic & Motion according to IEC 61131-3 (AWL, KOP, FUP, ST,
AS and CFC-Editor), based on CoDeSys V3• Certified function blocks according to PLCopen part 1 + 2• Graphic DIN 66025 Editor (G code) with DXF import• Integrated visualisation for easy process visualisation• All important information at a glance during the commissioning process
EtherCAT® (Ethernet for Controller and Automation Technology) is an Ethernet-based fieldbus system meeting the application profile for industrial realtime systems.EtherCAT® is a registered trademark and patented technology, licensed by Beckhoff Automation GmbH, Germany.
Safety over EtherCAT® is a registered trademark and patented technology, licensed by Beckhoff Automation GmbH, Germany.
Function block A function block (FB) can be compared with an integrated circuit that contains a specific control logic and delivers one or several values when being executed.
• An instance (reproduction, copy) of the function block is always inserted in the circuit.• It is also possible to insert several instances of a function block in a circuit.• Each instance has an unequivocal identifier (the instance name) and a processing
number that defines the position in which the function block is calculated during the task cycle.
System block System blocks provide interfaces to basic functions and to the hardware of Servo Drives 9400 in the function block editor of the »Engineer« (e.g. to the digital inputs).
• In contrast to function blocks, system blocks cannot be instanced.
1 About this documentation1.4 Definition of the notes used
9 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
1.4 Definition of the notes used
The following signal words and symbols are used in this documentation to indicate dangers and important information:
Safety instructions
Layout of the safety instructions:
Application notes
Danger!
(characterises the type and severity of danger)
Note
(describes the danger and gives information about how to prevent dangerous situations)
Pictograph Signal word Meaning
Danger! Danger of personal injury through dangerous electrical voltageReference to an imminent danger that may result in death or serious personal injury if the corresponding measures are not taken.
Danger! Danger of personal injury through a general source of dangerReference to an imminent danger that may result in death or serious personal injury if the corresponding measures are not taken.
Stop! Danger of property damageReference to a possible danger that may result in property damage if the corresponding measures are not taken.
Pictograph Signal word Meaning
Note! Important note to ensure trouble-free operation
Tip! Useful tip for easy handling
Reference to another document
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 10
2 Introduction
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
2 Introduction
Drive-based safety with L-force | Servo Drives 9400
The Lenze Servo Drives 9400 can be equipped with a safety module. The individual safety module types have a different range of functions to optimally meet different requirements.
"Integrated safety" stands for application-oriented safety functions that can be used on machines for the protection of persons and machines.
The motion functions are still executed by the Servo Drives 9400. The safety module monitors safe compliance with the limit values and provides the safe inputs and outputs. When the limit values are exceeded, the safety module starts the control functions in accordance with EN 60204-1 directly in the Servo Drives 9400.
The safety functions are suitable for applications according to IEC 61508 to SIL 3 and, depending on the module, achieve the requirements of the EN ISO 13849-1 up to control category 4 and performance level (PL) "e".
2 Introduction2.1 Terms and abbreviations used in drive-based safety
11 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
2.1 Terms and abbreviations used in drive-based safety
Abbreviation Meaning
AIE Error acknowledgement ("Acknowledge In Error")
AIS Restart acknowledgement ("Acknowledge In Stop")
OFF state Signal state of the sensors when they are activated or respond.
CCF Common cause error (also β value)
EC_FS Error class fail-safe
EC_SS1 Error class stop 1
EC_SS2 Error class stop 2
EC_STO Error class stop 0
ON state Signal state of the sensors in normal operation
FIT Failure In Time, 1 FIT = 10-9 errors/h
FMEA Failure mode and effects analysis
FSoE Safety over EtherCAT (Fail-Safe-over-EtherCAT)
GSDML File with device-specific data for establishing PROFINET communication.
HFT Hardware Failure Tolerance
Cat. Category in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1
Optocoupler supply Supply of optocouplers to control the power drivers
OSSD Signal output tested ("Output Signal Switching Device")
PELV Protective Extra Low Voltage
PL Performance Level (in compliance with ISO 13849)
PM P/N switched signal paths
PP P/P switched signal paths
PS PROFIsafe
PWM Pulse width modulation
SD-In Safe input ("Safe Digital Input")
SD-Out Safe output ("Safe Digital Output")
SELV Safety Extra Low Voltage
SFF Safe Failure Fraction
SIL Safety Integrity Level in compliance with IEC61508
SM Safety module
Abbreviation Safety function
ES Enable switch
OMS Operation mode selector
PDSS Position-dependent safe speed
RMS Repair mode ("Repair mode select")
SCA Safe cam
SDI Safe direction
SLI Safely limited increment
SLP Safely limited absolute position ("Safely Limited Position")
SLS Safely limited speed
SMS Safe maximum speed
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 12
2 Introduction2.1 Terms and abbreviations used in drive-based safety
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
SOS Safe operating stop
SS1 Safe stop 1
SS2 Safe stop 2
SSE Safe stop emergency
SSM Safe speed monitor
STO Safe torque off• Formerly: safe standstill
Abbreviation Safety function
2 Introduction2.2 Function mode of the safety module
13 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
2.2 Function mode of the safety module
Disconnecting paths
The transmission of the pulse width modulation is safely (dis-)connected by the safety module. Hence the power drivers do not create a rotating field. The motor is safely switched to torqueless operation (STO).
Safety state
If Servo Drives 9400 is switched off by a safety module, Servo Drives 9400 is changed to the "Safe torque off active" device status.
• "Drive is torqueless" (0x00750003) is entered in the logbook.
• In C00183, "Safe torque off active" is displayed.
Fail-safe state
If internal errors of the safety module are detected, the motor is safely switched to torqueless operation (fail-safe state).
Disconnecting paths of the safety module
C Control section
M Motor
μC Microcontroller
P Power section
PWM Pulse width modulation
SMx SM302 safety module
Xx Input terminals, output terminal
M
SMx
PWM
µC
PC
3x
3x
Xx
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 14
2 Introduction2.3 Functional range of SM302 (short overview)
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
2.3 Functional range of SM302 (short overview)
SM302
The SM302 safety module provides the following functions:
• ES (enable switch)
• CAS (safe cascading via SD-In4 / SD-Out1)
• OMS (operation mode selector)
• PDSS (position-dependent safe speed)
• RMS (repair mode select)
• SCA (safe cam)
• SDI (safe direction)
• SLI (safely limited increment)
• SLP (safely limited absolute position)
• SLS1 - 4 (safely limited speed 1 ... 4)
• SMS (safely limited maximum speed)
• SOS (safe operational stop)
• SREF (safe referencing)
• SS1 / SS2 (safe stop 1 and 2)• with a safely monitored deceleration ramp
• SSE (safe stop emergency)
• SSM (safe speed monitor)
• STO (safe torque off)
• Safe speed and position detection with resolver
• Safety bus connection (PROFIsafe via PROFINET, Safety over EtherCAT (FSoE))
• Safe monitor (safe output SD-Out1)
• Connection of safety sensors (SD-In1 ... SD-In4)
• Safe parameter setting
2 Introduction2.4 Integration into the application
15 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
2.4 Integration into the application
When a safety function is requested, the safety system activates the corresponding safe monitoring function. The only standstill function executed directly, however, is the "safe torque off" (STO) function. All other safety functions require a safely monitored action by Servo Drives 9400.
LS_SafetyModuleInterface system block ( 20)
The LS_SafetyModuleInterface system block in the function block editor of the »Engineer« serves to transmit the control and status information from the safety module to the application.
• For "Servo Drives 9400 PLC" devices, the SMI_SafetyModuleInterface system block provides the interface to the safety module in the control configuration of the »PLC Designer«. The contents of this interface comply with the description for the LS_SafetyModuleInterface system block.
"LS_Limiter" system block/basic function "Limiter"
Furthermore the LS_Limiter system block, which contains the basic function "Limiter", is available in the function block editor to integrate the safety system into the application.
• For one thing, the basic function "Limiter" provides a parameter setting interface in »Engineer« for setting limit positions, limited speeds, and limit values, and for another it provides for the targeted braking of the drive on request by the safety module.
• If the basic function "Limiter" is to act directly on a request by the safety module, the LIM_dwControl input of the LS_Limiter system block must be connected to the SMI_dwControl output of the LS_SafetyModuleInterface system block.
Note!
The implementation of the corresponding action (e.g. braking, braking to a standstill, holding the standstill position) must be triggered by an interconnection in the application.
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 16
2 Introduction2.4 Integration into the application
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Basic workflow
1. Activation of the safety function on the safety module (e. g. SS1 - safe stop 1). Monitoring starts.
2. Via a control word, the safety module notifies Servo Drives 9400 about the activation of the safety function.
3. The application evaluates the control word and starts the required motion sequence (e.g. braking).
Note!
If communication with Servo Drives 9400 is interrupted, e.g. by switching off Servo Drives 9400, the safety module responds with the following actions:• Fault stop with STO is activated.• "Warning" error message is transmitted.• The LED "ME" is blinking.
The required error acknowledgement (AIE) is possible via terminal or safety bus.
Further information can be found in the chapter "Error management". ( 27)
2 Introduction2.5 Parameter setting & configuration
17 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
2.5 Parameter setting & configuration
If you select the SM302 safety module in the »Engineer« Project view, the Operating range offers you the following tabs:
Note!
Safety-relevant parameters can only be transmitted to the safety module via safe parameter setting with the »Engineer«.
The parameter set is saved in the memory module and in the safety module with a unique module ID which must correspond to the effective safety address in the safety module.
Tab Info
Safe configuration Via the Safe configuration tab, the SM302 safety module can be safely configured. Safe configuration ( 30)
Product features The Properties tab displays general information for the safety module, e.g. product name, order number, and version.
Diagnostics 1 Display on the Diagnostics 1 tab:• Module information• Status of the local I/Os and LEDs• Current position and speed values
Diagnostics 2 Display on the Diagnostics 2 tab:• Module information• S bus control data• Status of the safety functions
Logbook Display on the Logbook tab:• 10 log states• Current error type• Error history of the SM302
Documentation The Documentation tab serves to add notes and electronic documents to the safety module.
• Detailed information on adding documentations can be found in the »Engineer« documentation in the chapter "Project structure".
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 18
2 Introduction2.5 Parameter setting & configuration
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Safe parameter transfer
By clicking Safe transfer on the Safe configuration tab, the Safe transfer dialog box opens which provides the functions for the safe parameter transfer. Safe parameter transfer ( 94)
Service status
If you request the "Send safe data to device" function in the Safe transfer dialog box via the Sendbutton, the safety module changes to the "Service status" which is required for a safe parameter setting. Sending safe data ( 95)
The service status means:
• Normal stop is active and the drive is safely switched to torqueless operation (STO). Safe stop (SSE, SS1, SS2, SOS) ( 54)
• The safe inputs are evaluated as OFF state.
• The safe output has been set to the OFF state.
• Safe communication via the safety bus is - if possible - active, but passivated.
Supported interfaces for a safe parameter setting
Safe parameter setting with the »Engineer« is supported via the following interfaces:
• Diagnostic interface X6 (with E94AZCUS diagnostic USB adapter)
• Ethernet (E94AYCEN communication module)
• System bus (CAN on board / E94AYCCA communication module)
• PROFINET (E94AYCER communication module)
• EtherCAT (E94AYCET communication module)
Note!
• The service status is also active if the parameter set in the memory module does not correspond to the parameter set in the safety module during the initialisation.
• The service status can be exited by reinitialising the safety module, i.e. safe communication via the safety bus is interrupted.
2 Introduction2.5 Parameter setting & configuration
19 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
2.5.1 Required settings for Servo Drives 9400
The safety module expected by the application and by Servo Drives 9400 is to be set in C00214.
• In »Engineer« this setting is carried out automatically by assigning the device modules to Servo Drives 9400, i.e. »Engineer« automatically sets C00214 in compliance with the safety module selected.
• If the safety module set in C00214 does not comply with the plugged-in safety module type, an error (fault) is triggered. The error can only be eliminated by mains switching.
Note!
When using online communication via a bus system, several users can access the same drive simultaneously and process the safety parameter set.
After transferring the safe parameters, it must be checked whether the check sums (CRC) of the parameter set, memory module, and the safety module comply with each other in the Safe Transfer dialog box.
Currently, the access to the safety parameter by several users cannot be prevented technically, thus organisational measures are required to ensure the consistency of the safety parameters.
Parameter | Name:
C00214 | Required safety moduleData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 24361d = 5F29h
Setting of the expected safety module
Selection list
1 SM0
2 SM100
4 SM300
5 SM301
6 SM302
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer COM MOT
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 20
2 Introduction2.5 Parameter setting & configuration
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
2.5.2 System block "LS_SafetyModuleInterface"
The LS_SafetyModuleInterface system block is the interface to the safety module in the function block editor of the »Engineer«.
Outputs
OutputData type
Value/meaning
SMI_dnStateDINT
Bit coded status information from the safety moduleStatus information ( 21)
SMI_dnIoStateDINT
Bit coded I/O status information from the safety moduleI/O status information ( 23)
SMI_dwControlDWORD
Bit coded control information from the safety moduleControl information ( 24)
SMI_bPowerStageEnableBOOL
Status signal "Inverter enable"
TRUE Inverter is enabled by the safety module.
SMI_byModuleIdBYTE
ID of the safety module available in Servo Drives 9400
2 Introduction2.5 Parameter setting & configuration
21 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
2.5.2.1 Status information
Via the bit-coded SMI_dnState status signal of the LS_SafetyModuleInterface SB, the SM302 safety module transmits the status of safety functions to the application.
Bit coding of the status signal SMI_dnState
Bit Name Meaning
0 STO Safe torque off (STO) function is active.• The drive is safely switched to torqueless operation.
1 Reserved
2 Safe speed OK "Safe speed" status signal• TRUE: the speed value displayed is valid.• FALSE: the speed value displayed is invalid.
3 EC_STO Error stop category 0: Function Safe torque off (STO) is active.
4 EC_SS1 Error stop category 1: Function Safe stop 1 (SS1) is active.
5 EC_SS2 Error stop category 2: Function Safe stop 2 (SS2) is active.
6 n = 0 The safe speed is within the tolerance window parameterised with code C15310.• TRUE: n = 0• FALSE: n ≠ 0
7 Positive direction of movement
Status signal for showing the direction of movement• TRUE: positive direction of movement• FALSE: negative direction of movement
8 SLS1 monitored Safely limited speed 1 is activated and observed.
9 SLS2 monitored Safely limited speed 2 is activated and observed.
10 SLS3 monitored Safely limited speed 3 is activated and observed.
11 SLS4 monitored Safely limited speed 4 is activated and observed.
12 SDIpos monitored Safe positive direction (SDIpos) is activated and observed.
13 SDIneg monitored Safe negative direction (SDIneg) is activated and observed.
14 Fault active SM302 safety module in error status (trouble or warning).
15 SLP1 monitored Safely limited position 1 has been activated and is complied with.
16 SLP2 monitored Safely limited position 2 has been activated and is complied with.
17 SLP3 monitored Safely limited position 3 has been activated and is complied with.
18 SLP4 monitored Safely limited position 4 has been activated and is complied with.
19 SCA1 within the limits
Safe cam 1 has been parameterised and is complied with.
20 SCA2 within the limits
Safe cam 2 has been parameterised and is complied with.
21 SCA3 within the limits
Safe cam 3 has been parameterised and is complied with.
22 SCA4 within the limits
Safe cam 4 has been parameterised and is complied with.
23 Reserved
24 SREF active Homing / mini-homing is active.
25 SREF available Homing / mini-homing has been completed. The safe reference is known.
26 Level 1 slip monitoring
In the 2 encoder system, the position deviation refers to • the maximum slip that can be compensated (C15540)• the tolerance window for position comparison C15412 ≥ 25 %
27 Level 2 slip monitoring
In the 2 encoder system, the position deviation refers to • the maximum slip that can be compensated (C15540)• the tolerance window for position comparison C15412 ≥ 50 %
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 22
2 Introduction2.5 Parameter setting & configuration
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Example of decoding the status signal
Tip!
In order to decode the status signal into individual boolean status signals, just connect the SMI_dnState output to the L_DevSMStateDecoder FB provided in the function library.
[2-1] Example: Decoding of the SMI_dnState status signal into individual boolean status signals
28 Level 3 slip monitoring
In the 2 encoder system, the position deviation refers to • the maximum slip that can be compensated (C15540)• the tolerance window for position comparison C15412 ≥ 75 %
29 PDSSpos monitored For position-dependent speed monitoring, the positive direction of movement is monitored.
30 PDSSneg monitored For position-dependent speed monitoring, the negative direction of movement is monitored.
31 Reserved
Bit coding of the status signal SMI_dnState
Bit Name Meaning
2 Introduction2.5 Parameter setting & configuration
23 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
2.5.2.2 I/O status information
Via the bit-coded SMI_dnloState status signal of the LS_SafetyModuleInterface SB, the SM302 safety module transmits the status of the safe inputs and the safe output to the application:
Example of decoding the status signal
Tip!
In order to decode the status signal into individual boolean status signals, just connect the SMI_dnIoState output to the L_DevSMStateDecoderIO FB provided in the function library.
[2-2] Example: Decoding of the SMI_dnIoState status signal into individual boolean status signals
Bit coding of the SMI_dnIoState status signal
Bit Name Meaning
0 SD-In1 Sensor input 1 in ON state.
1 SD-In2 Sensor input 2 in ON state.
2 SD-In3 Sensor input 3 in the ON state.
3 SD-In4 Sensor input 4 in the ON state.
4 Reserved
5 AIS Restart acknowledgement via terminal effected (negative edge: 10).
6 AIE Error acknowledgement via terminal effected (negative edge: 10).
7 Reserved
8 PS_AIS Restart acknowledgement via safety bus effected (positive edge: 01).
9 PS_AIE Error acknowledgement via safety bus effected (positive edge: 01).
10 SREF_Start_SBUS Start homing via safety bus (positive edge: 01).
11 SREF_Load_SBUS Accept home position via safety bus (positive edge: 01).
12 SD-Out1 Safe output 1 (feedback output) in the ON state.
13 Reserved
...
31
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 24
2 Introduction2.5 Parameter setting & configuration
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
2.5.2.3 Control information
Via the bit-coded SMI_dwControl control signal of the LS_SafetyModuleInterface SB, the SM302 safety module transmits information about requested/active safety functions to the application.
• Several safety functions can be requested/active at the same time.
Bit coding of the SMI_dwControl status signal
Bit Name Meaning
0 Reserved
1 SS1 active Safe stop 1 (SS1) function is active.• After the parameterised stopping time has elapsed, bit 0 of the status signal
SMI_dnState (STO active) is set.
2 SS2 active Safe stop 2 (SS2) function is active.• After the parameterised stopping time has elapsed, bit 16 (SOS monitored) is set.
3 SLS1 active Safely limited speed 1 (SLS1) function is active.• After the parameterised braking time Nlim1 has elapsed, bit 8 of the status signal
SMI_dnState (SLS1 monitored) is set additionally.
4 SLS2 active Safely limited speed 2 (SLS2) function is active.• After the parameterised braking time Nlim2 has elapsed, bit 9 of the status signal
SMI_dnState (SLS2 monitored) is set additionally.
5 SLS3 active Safely limited speed 3 (SLS3) function is active.• After the parameterised braking time Nlim3 has elapsed, bit 10 of the status
signal SMI_dnState (SLS3 monitored) is set additionally.
6 SLS4 active Safely limited speed 4 (SLS4) function is active.• After the parameterised braking time Nlim4 has elapsed, bit 11 of the status
signal SMI_dnState (SLS4 monitored) is set additionally.
7 SDIpos active Function Safe positive direction (SDIpos) is active.• After the parameterised SDI delay time has elapsed, bit 12 of the status signal
SMI_dnState (SDIpos monitored) is set additionally.
8 SDIneg active Function Safe negative direction (SDIneg) is active.• After the parameterised SDI delay time has elapsed, bit 13 of the status signal
SMI_dnState (SDIneg monitored) is set additionally.
9 ES active Enable switch (ES) function for motion functions in special operation is active.
10 SLI active "Safely limited increment (SLI)" function is active.
11 OMS Operation mode selection (OMS) function for special operation is requested.
12 SLP1 active Control bits 12 ... 15 are only included for reasons of compatibility.They are not supported.13 SLP2 active
14 SLP3 active
15 SLP4 active
16 SOS active "Safe operating stop" (SOS) function is active.• The safe operating stop is monitored.• The function will be active after the function Safe stop 2 (SS2) has ended.
17-22 Reserved
23 SSE active Emergency stop function (SSE) is active.• Depending on the parameterisation of the emergency stop function, bit 1 (SS1
active) or bit 0 of the status signal SMI_dnState (STO active) is set after the function has ended.
24-27 Reserved
28 RMS active Repair mode is active.
29 OMS active Special operation is active.
30 Reserved
31 Reserved
2 Introduction2.5 Parameter setting & configuration
25 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Example of decoding the control signal
Tip!
For decoding/coding the control signal, the function blocks L_DevSMControlDecoder and L_DevSMControlEncoder are available in the function library from V2.0.
[2-3] Example: Decoding of the SMI_dwControl control signal into individual boolean control signals
Note!
To effect the corresponding action (e.g. braking to standstill, holding the standstill position), the application engineer has to provide an appropriate interconnection in the application.• To integrate the basic function "Limiter", the output SMI_dwControl is to be
connected to the input LIM_dwControl of the LS_Limiter system block.
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 26
2 Introduction2.5 Parameter setting & configuration
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
2.5.3 "SMI_SafetyModuleInterface" system block for Servo Drives 9400 PLC
For "Servo Drives 9400 PLC" devices, the SMI_SafetyModuleInterface system block provides the interface to the safety module in the »PLC Designer« control configuration.
System variableData type
Value/meaning
SMI_dnStateDINT
Bit coded status information from the safety moduleStatus information ( 21)
SMI_dnIoStateDINT
Bit coded I/O status information from the safety moduleI/O status information ( 23)
SMI_dwControlDWORD
Bit coded control information from the safety moduleControl information ( 24)
SMI_bPowerStageEnableBOOL
Status signal "Inverter enable"
TRUE Inverter is enabled by the safety module.
SMI_byModuleIdBYTE
ID of the safety module available in the Servo Drives 9400 PLC
The descriptions in the previous chapter System block "LS_SafetyModuleInterface" apply to this system block in the same way.
2 Introduction2.6 Error management
27 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
2.6 Error management
Error states
Detected errors or maloperation of the drive are assigned to error states with definite responses. The response can be co-ordinated with the whole drive via the error states.
Errors in safe communication
If errors in safe communication occur, the safe communication driver passivates the data. After safe communication has been reinitialised, the drive is automatically enabled again unless a standstill function is selected.
Events causing an error status are sent via PROFINET/EtherCAT as a diagnostic frame.
Error messages of the safety module
For a description of all error messages of the safety module and their causes & possible remedies, please see the chapter "Error messages". ( 149)
Features Error status
System fault Trouble Warning
Event Fatal internal error Fault Monitoring function
LED "ME" On Blinking Flashing
Status of safety module
Lockout (CPU stopped) Error status Normal operation
The control category in accordance with EN 13849-1...
... has been exited ... has not been exited
Response The motor is safely switched to torqueless operation via STO immediately
The motor is safely switched to torqueless operation via STO or shut down via SS1 immediately (parameterisable)
Acknowledgement after event has been eliminated
Switching the 24 V supply at the safety module off and then on again
• Error acknowledgement (AIE) via terminal X82.2 (positive signal pulse with a signal duration of 0.3 ... 10 s)
• Error acknowledgement (AIE) via safety bus (bit "PS_AIE")• Switching the 24 V supply at the safety module off and
then on again
Note!
If the system error still occurs after switching the 24 V supply, please contact the Lenze service!
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 28
2 Introduction2.6 Error management
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
2.6.1 Logbook function in Servo Drives 9400
The logbook function integrated into Servo Drives 9400 records important events in the system in chronological order, including error states of the safety module.
Tip!
When an online connection has been established, the logbook can be displayed in the »Engineer« via the Logbook button on the Diagnostics tab of Servo Drives 9400.
Detailed information on the logbook can be found in the Servo Drives 9400 online help.
2.6.2 Logbook function in the SM302 safety module
For purposes of diagnostics, a simple logbook with ten entries is implemented in the SM302. Changes with regard to the request of safety functions in the SM302 are logged. The bit coded log status created in a 2-ms cycle serves as a basis for the logbook. A logbook entry is generated when the log status has changed.
• The logbook function can be controlled via the "Log function" parameter (C15891).• The parameter can be written without using the parameter setting interface.• Possible settings:
• A logbook entry consists of the two corresponding subcodes of parameters "Log time" (C15892) and "Log status" (C15893).
Selection list Info
0 Logging active The logbook function is permanently active (Lenze setting).• When this value is written, all logbook entries are deleted.
1 Logging stopped The logging of further entries is stopped.
2 Stop logging in the event of an error
Logbook entries are logged until an error occurs (bit 31 in C15000 set).• When this value is written, all logbook entries are deleted.
3 Stop logging in the case of STO
Logbook entries are logged until Safe torque off (STO) is triggered (bit 0 in C15000 set).
• When this value is written, all logbook entries are deleted.
4 Stop logging in the case of SS1
Logbook entries are logged until Safe stop 1 (SS1) is triggered (bit 1 in C15000 set).
• When this value is written, all logbook entries are deleted.
5 Stop logging in the case of SS2
Logbook entries are logged until Safe stop 2 (SS2) is triggered (bit 2 in C15000 set).
• When this value is written, all logbook entries are deleted.
2 Introduction2.6 Error management
29 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Short overview of the relevant parameters:
Parameter Info Lenze setting
C15890 Current time - ms
C15891 Log function Logging active
C15892/1...10 Log time• Time of the entry in milliseconds since switch-on
of the module supply.
- ms
C15893/1...10 Log status• Status (bit coded) at the time displayed in
C15892/1...10.
-
Greyed out = display parameter
Note!
Before the display parameters of the logbook are read out for purposes of diagnostics, the logbook function should be stopped by selecting "1: Logging stopped" in C15891, in order to avoid inconsistencies.
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 30
3 Safe configuration
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3 Safe configuration
The SM302 safety module can be safely configured in the »Engineer« on the Safe configuration tab:
The parameters of the safety module are divided into different groups according to their functions.
• A group is selected via the Parameter groups list field.
• For a better overview, some parameter groups are divided again into functional subgroups which can be selected via the buttons on the left.
• In the parameter list all parameters of the parameter group/subgroup selected are displayed.• The Value field serves to change the corresponding parameter value. Changing parameter settings ( 31)
• The context menu (right mouse button) provides functions for the import/export of the parameter settings. Importing/exporting parameter settings ( 32)
Tip!
If you place the mouse pointer on a parameter, further information on the parameter will be displayed in a pop-up window.
If you select the entry "All parameters" in the Parameter groups list field, all parameters of the safety module are displayed on the tab.
The FilePrint command in the »Engineer« menu bar serves to print all parameter settings of the safety module for the purpose of documentation.
3 Safe configuration3.1 Changing parameter settings
31 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3.1 Changing parameter settings
How to change a parameter setting:
1. Select the parameter to be altered from the list.
2. Enter the new value in the Value column, or select it from the options defined.• Invalid or impermissible values are "red" in the input field.• A selection from the list field may cause a deactivation of parameters which are now
irrelevant due to the selection (marked by a grey background colour).
3. Press the <Return key> or click into another box to accept the changed value.• You can reject the entry by pressing the <Esc> key.
Tip!
The parameter settings of the safety module can also be displayed in the »Engineer« parameter list (All parameters tab MSI safety module SM302 category) and on the keypad. Changes, however, can only be carried out via the Safe configuration tab!
Note!
Changed parameters of the safety module are not transferred automatically to the device, even if an online connection has been established!
The parameter set for the safety module is only safely transmitted when clicking the Send button in the Safe transfer dialog box!
Sending safe data ( 95)
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 32
3 Safe configuration3.2 Importing/exporting parameter settings
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3.2 Importing/exporting parameter settings
For transmitting/copying the parameter settings of the safety module to other safety modules, the import/export functions can be used which are available in the parameter list via the Context menu(right mouse button).
3.3 Plausibility check
Before transmitting the parameter set to the safety module, a plausibility check always takes place.
With the Plausibility check... command in the Context menu (right mouse button) of the parameter list you can start the plausibility check manually to check the changes made in the parameter settings with regard to plausibility.
• After the plausibility check a status message indicates whether the plausibility check was successful.
• If the plausibility check failed, the status message contains the parameters with implausible settings.
Command in the context menu Info
Import... Import all parameter settings from the file.• Only compatible files are offered for the import.
Export... Export all parameter settings to the file.
Unlock Unlock imported parameter settings.• After the "Import" function has been executed, the imported parameter
settings are protected against change by the user. Only an explicit unlocking enables a change again.
Import group... Import parameter settings of a group from a file.• Only possible when selecting a parameter group.• Only compatible files are offered for the import.
Export group... Export parameter settings of a group to a file.• Only possible when selecting a parameter group.
Unlock group Unlock imported parameter settings of a group.• After the "Import group" function has been executed, the imported
parameter settings are protected against change by the user. Only an explicit unlocking enables a change again.
Plausibility check See description for the Plausibility check ( 32)
Note!
Only a plausible parameter set can be transmitted to the safety module using the "Send safe data" function!
3 Safe configuration3.4 Compatibility mode
33 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3.4 Compatibility mode
The functional range of the SM302 safety module which can be parameterised in the »Engineer« via the Safe configuration tab depends on the version of the safety module selected for Servo Drives 9400 via the Insert device module dialog box.
Existing projects that have for instance been created using a SM302 V1.0 safety module can also be downloaded in a higher, future version of the SM302 safety module. In this example, the functional range which can be parameterised via the Safe configuration tab then corresponds to that of the SM302 V1.0 safety module (V1.0 compatibility mode).
Tip!
C15016 displays the parameter set version of the safety module.
3.5 Protection of the safe parameters by project-related password entry
»Engineer« provides a password protection feature serving to protect the parameter setting of the higher-order safety functions for the 8400 and 9400 device series from alterations in the project:
• The password can be set on the Protection tab when the project root element has been selected in the project tree.
• The password only applies within the project (no transmission of the password to Servo Drives 9400 or to the safety modules). If a password is stored within the project and this project is used, the safe parameters can only be edited after the password has been entered.
How to activate the protection of the save parameters:
1. Select the project root element in the project tree.
2. Assign the desired password on the Protection tab.• After the password has been set, the safe parameters (tab Safe configuration, safe
parameters) of all included devices can only be edited inside the project after the corresponding password has been entered.
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 34
3 Safe configuration3.6 General parameters
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3.6 General parameters
3.6.1 General
Short overview of the "General General" parameter group:
Module ID
Unique identification (1 ... 65534) for the safe device.
Safety address
The safety address serves to uniquely identify the SM302 safety module in systems containing several drives.
Parameter Info Lenze setting
- Module ID 1
C15111 Safety address 0
3 Safe configuration3.6 General parameters
35 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3.6.1.1 Setting of the safety address
The safety address can be set via the DIP switch of the safety module or via the "safety address" parameter (C15111).
Setting via DIP switch
• The DIP switch serves to set addresses in the range of 0 ... 1023:
• Changes of the safety address via the DIP switch are only activated when the 24 V supply is switched on.
• C15101 displays the safety address set with the DIP switch.
Setting via parameter setting
• Via the parameter "safety address" (C15111) addresses in the range of 0 ... 65534 can be set.
Effective safety address
The effective safety address is the result of the setting via DIP switch or parameter setting.
• The effective safety address must match the module ID assigned in the safe parameter set.
• If "PROFIsafe" or "FSoE" has been selected as safety bus, the effective safety address is at the same time accepted as the PROFIsafe target address or FSoE target address. This address must match the corresponding configuration of the safety PLC.
Tip!
C15112 displays the effective safety address.
Note!
• The DIP switch in the left housing side of the safety module can only be set if the safety module is not plugged into Servo Drives 9400.
• The setting of the safety address via parameter setting is only possible if the safety address "0" is set with the DIP switch. Otherwise the safety address set via the DIP switch is used.
• The safety address "0" is not permissible!
DIP switch Labelling
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
Value of the address bit 1 2 4 8 16 32 64 128 256 512
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 36
3 Safe configuration3.6 General parameters
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3.6.2 Feedback system
For safe speed measurement, a sin/cos encoder must be connected to terminal X8 (Sub-D) at Servo Drives 9400.
You can connect a 1-encoder system or, as an alternative, a 2-encoder system. In addition to the motor encoder (1-encoder system), the 2-encoder system contains a position encoder.
Short overview of the "General Encoder system" parameter group:
Motor encoder system
Selection of the motor encoder system for safe position and speed evaluation.
Position evaluation ( 39)
Motor mounting direction
Via the setting of the motor mounting direction, information regarding the sign is taken into consideration for the calculation of the safe position and speed evaluation.
Sin-cos encoder - number of increments
Number of increments of the sin/cos encoder used for safe position and speed evaluation if "Sin/cos encoder" is selected as encoder system.
Position evaluation ( 39)
Position encoder system
In order to establish a 2-encoder system, the position encoder system must be selected here.
Position encoder gearbox factor
Setting of the gearbox factor between motor and position encoder, e.g.
• 100 i = 1.00
• 2543 i = 25.43
Position encoder mounting direction
Setting of the mounting direction of the position encoder referred to the motor encoder.
If the mounting directions of the motor (C02527/0) and position encoder (C02529/0) are set to different directions of rotation in the standard device, this parameter must be set to "Inverted with regard to motor encoder".
Parameter Info Lenze setting
C15400 Motor encoder system Sin-cos encoder
C15409 Motor mounting direction Motor rotating CW
C15420 Sin-cos encoder - number of increments 1
C15430 Number of resolver pole pairs 1
C15500 Position encoder system No position encoder
C15501 Position encoder gearbox factor 100 %
C15502 Position encoder mounting direction As motor encoder
3 Safe configuration3.6 General parameters
37 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
List of the permissible encoder combinations for the position evaluation process
Motor Type Encoder SM302
MCS06…19MDxKS 56/71MCA 10…26MQA 20…26
Resolver RV03 1-encoder concept up to PL e / SIL 3
MCS 06…19MDxKS 56/71
Sin/cos absolute value
• single-turn• multi-turn
• AS1024-8V-K2• AM1024-8V-K2
1-encoder concept up to PL d / SIL 2
MCA 10…26MQA 20…26
Sin/cos incremental IG1024-5V-V3 1-encoder concept up to PL e / SIL 3
MDxMA063-xx...225-xxMHxMA063-xx…225-xxMFxMA063-xx…132-xx
Sin/cos incremental IG2048-5V-V2 Single-encoder conceptup to PL d / SIL 2
MDxMA080-xx...225-xxMHxMA080-xx…225-xxMFxMA080-xx…132-xx
Sin/cos incremental IG2048-5V-V3 1-encoder concept up to PL e / SIL 3
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 38
3 Safe configuration3.6 General parameters
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3.6.3 Speed evaluation
Short overview of the "General Speed evaluation" parameter group:
Speed window (n=0)
If the speed threshold parameterised is not reached, the "n = 0 rpm" status applies.
Response time of encoder monitoring
Time required to detect faults caused by continuous signal errors at the encoder interface. If the resolver is used as motor encoder without an additional position encoder, a response time of ≥ 50 ms must be set.
Tolerance of speed comparison
A plausibility check of the speed determined by the standard device and the speed determined by the safety module is carried out. The deviation between the two speed values must not exceed the value parameterised, since otherwise an error is triggered, shutting down the system.
Parameter Info Lenze setting
C15310 Speed window (n=0) 0 min-1
C15410 Response time of encoder monitoring 12 ms
C15411 Speed comparison tolerance 20 min-1
3 Safe configuration3.6 General parameters
39 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3.6.4 Position evaluation
In the case of the safe position evaluation, a distinction between
• safe speed measurement and relative position evaluation and
• the safe evaluation of an absolute position must be made.
Short overview of the "General Position evaluation" parameter group:
Tolerance of position comparison
A plausibility check of the position determined by the standard device and the position determined by the safety module is carried out. The deviation between the two position values must not exceed the value parameterised, since otherwise an error is triggered, shutting down the system.
Maximum slip compensated
For systems that are prone to slip (2-encoder system), the maximum slip to be compensated per motor revolution can be parameterised. The value "0" deactivates the slip compensation function.
SREF parameters
The parameters for safe homing are explained in the following sections.
Parameter Info Lenze setting
C15412 Tolerance of position comparison 0 Incr.
C15540 Maximum slip compensated 0 Incr.
C15550 SREF: SREF_Start input source Homing deactivated
C15551 SREF: Ref-InA edge trigger Rising edge
C15552 SREF: SREF_Load input source Homing deactivated
C15553 SREF: Ref-InB edge trigger Rising edge
C15554 SREF: Timeout 0 ms
C15555 SREF: Home Position 0 Incr.
C15556 SREF: restart condition Homing required
C15557 SREF: tolerance of starting position 0 Incr.
C15558 SREF: SLS homing SLS1
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 40
3 Safe configuration3.6 General parameters
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3.6.4.1 Safe speed measurement and relative position evaluation
The following speed-dependent functions require information from the safe speed measurement:
• Ramp monitoring (SS1/SS2) ( 61)
• Safe stop 2 (SS2) ( 59)
• Safe maximum speed (SMS) ( 63)
• Safely limited speed (SLS) ( 65)
• Safe speed monitor (SSM)
The following position-dependent functions require information from the safe position evaluation process:
• Safe operational stop (SOS)
• Safe direction (SDI) ( 67)
• Safely limited increment (SLI) ( 76)
Safe speed measurement - properties Explanations
Max. speed ± 16000 min-1 Restriction for the use of a resolver:±(10000 min-1/number of resolver pole pairs)
Response time encoder monitoring
≥ 12 ms Time required to detect faults caused by continuous signal errors at the encoder interface.
The response time can be parameterised via C15410.If the resolver is used as a motor encoder without an additional position encoder, the response time ≥ 50 ms has to be set.
Error response Error stop (STO)
Tolerance threshold of speed comparison
20 min-1 The speed measured by the standard device and the speed measured by the safety module are checked for plausibility.The filter time of approx. 2 s is part of the diagnostics function and irrespective of the response time.
The response time can be parameterised via C15411.Important: Select the tolerance threshold as low as possible.If a speed/position information does not come in during operation, the diagnostics function must be able to detect this. So, the parameterised tolerance threshold must be exceeded during operation for at least more than 2 seconds to ensure the two-channel encoder information transfer. Selecting the tolerance threshold too low may lead to restricted plant availability.
Note!
It is necessary to assess the minimum response time required for the respective system.
A longer response time results in a higher system availability if, for instance, short-time, process-related speed steps occur at safe operational stop during setting-up operation.
Note!
The speed-dependent functions must not be parameterised if "No encoder system" is set. The plausibility check rejects such implausible settings until they have been parameterised correctly.
3 Safe configuration3.6 General parameters
41 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Scaling of position values
The safety module stores the motor encoder and, if necessary, the position encoder position as 32-bit values. The lower-order 16 bits contain the fraction of a motor revolution and the higher-order 16 bits contain the multiple of a motor revolution.
Stop!
Malfunctions due to slip, shaft fractures, etc.
Due to slip, shaft fractures, etc. between the motor and the encoder system, the safe speed measurement is faulty.
Possible consequences:• The speed-dependent functions are executed incorrectly.
Protective measures:• Prevent malfunctions by constructive measures.• Use motors and encoder systems with guaranteed qualities. Your Lenze contact
person will inform you about suitable systems.• This must also be observed in the event of service for the motor or encoder system.
Example Calculation Result (hex)
¼ motor revolution 65536 / 4 = 16384 0x0000'4000
½ motor revolution 65536 / 2 = 32768 0x0000'8000
1 motor revolution 1 * 65536 = 65536 0x0001'0000
2 motor revolutions 2 * 65536 = 131072 0x0002'0000
2½ motor revolutions 2 * 65536 + 65536 / 2 = 163840 0x0002'8000
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 42
3 Safe configuration3.6 General parameters
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3.6.4.2 Use of encoders for the safe position evaluation
If the absolute position of a machine is not directly linked with the motor encoder positon, an additional position encoder must be installed.
This concept of a 2-encoder system is based on the fact that we are dealing with a position encoder without safety assessment. For this reason, the use of a motor encoder and position encoder as a two-channel system is required for determining the absolute position
Slip compensation ( 74).
The potential position deviation between the two channels (e.g. caused by slip) must be taken into consideration in the respective application and must entail corresponding parameter settings.
Position evaluation
More detailed information regarding the functions provided for the safe position evaluation can be found in this section:
Safely limited position (SLP) ( 69)
The following position-dependent functions require information from the safe absolute position evaluation process:
• Safe referencing (SREF) ( 43)
• Safely limited position (SLP) ( 69)
• Safe cam (SCA) ( 71)
• Position-dependent speed (PDSS) ( 72)
Scaling of position values
The absolute positions are registered as 32-bit values in the safety module.
Note!
The evaluation of the absolute position refers to the position encoder and possibly contains a gearbox factor.
The evaluation of the relative position is based on the motor encoder increments.
Example Calculation Result (hex)
¼ motor revolution 65536 / 4 = 16384 0x0000'4000
½ motor revolution 65536 / 2 = 32768 0x0000'8000
1 motor revolution 1 * 65536 = 65536 0x0001'0000
2 motor revolutions 2 * 65536 = 131072 0x0002'0000
2½ motor revolutions 2 * 65536 + 65536 / 2 = 163840 0x0002'8000
3 Safe configuration3.6 General parameters
43 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3.6.5 Safe referencing (SREF)
Short overview of the "Safety functions Safe referencing" parameter group:
Parameter Info Lenze setting
Value Unit
C15550 Setting of the input source for the SREF_Start signal Homing deactivated
C15551 Setting of the edge at Ref-InA or Ref-InB to be evaluated
Rising edge
C15552 Setting of the input source for the SREF_Load signal Homing deactivated
C15553 Setting of the edge at Ref-InA or Ref-InB to be evaluated
Rising edge
C15554 Maximum time between the SREF_Start and SREF_Load signals
0 ms
C15555 Setting of the safe home position that is accepted for SREF_Load
0 Incr.
C15556 Setting specifying whether safe homing is required after the restart.
Homing required
C15557 Setting of the tolerance between the safe position that is saved and the current safe position after restarting.
0 Incr.
C15558 Setting of the active SLS function during homing. SLS1
C15559 Deletion of the safe reference in order to set a new reference.
No response
C15560 Status of the safe reference No reference
Greyed out = display parameter
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 44
3 Safe configuration3.6 General parameters
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3.6.5.1 Operating states that do not require homing processes
Starting performance after mains switching
The absolute position value loaded last is saved permanently in the SM302 safety module as a function of C15556 when the supply voltage is switched off.
Safe REFerence / SREF
Description For calculating and monitoring the absolute position, the safety module requires an absolute reference point.This function is required since the encoder systems described in the Position evaluation section do not provide any safe absolute position.
In applications with only one position switch, this switch has to be connected in parallel to the "Ref-InA" and "Ref-InB" inputs. The edge evaluation for both inputs can be parameterised, see C15551 / C15553.
Function
Execution order:1. Via the input source defined in C15550, homing is started.
• The start of a homing process does not result in the drive carrying out the actual homing process. The initialisation and motion control are carried out autonomously by the drive.
• The safety module always activates a safely limited speed (SLS).2. Within a time period defined by C15554 ("time-out"), the "SREF_Load" reference signal
(C15552) is expected, which defines the safe "Home Position" reference point (C15555) in the absolute position range.
3. When the reference point has been defined, the homing process is completed. A change-over to normal operation is effected.
The home position parameterised is the absolute reference point for the safety functionsSafely limited position (SLP)Safe cam (SCA)Position-dependent speed (PDSS)The following states are shown:
• The "SREF active" state ( C15560) is reset.• The valid reference is shown via "SREF available" (C15560) .
Parameter C15550 Setting of the input source for the SREF_Start signal
C15552 Setting of the input source for the SREF_Load signal
Activation How to activate the function:• A data frame with a corresponding content is sent to Servo Drives 9400 via the safety bus. Safety bus ( 85)
• "OFF state" at a safe input which has been assigned to the function by parameterisation. Evaluation is carried out via parameterisable edges. Safe inputs ( 47)
Error behaviour If no signal is detected at the SREF-Load input within the time-out period parameterised, an error stop with the STO function is activated.
SREF_Start
t
t
t
t
t
tt
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
SLS1�
SREF
Timeout
SREF_Load
Home Position
�
3 Safe configuration3.6 General parameters
45 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
After reconnecting the mains, the drive is allowed to continue its travel with the current value if the following preconditions are met:
1. The restart condition parameterised in C15556 defines whether a new homing process has to be carried out after mains switching.
2. At the time of restarting, the position value saved by the safety module complies with the position value that is currently received by Servo Drives 9400, including the tolerance parameterised in C15557.
3. The minimum movement described causes plausibility of the absolute position values Mini-homing process ( 46).
Short-time interruption of the SSI encoder laser beam
The short-time interruption of the optical signal causes the safety module to trigger the safety function parameterised, which results in the shutdown of the axis concerned. The status bit in C15560, "SREF available", is reset.
Irrespective of the error response triggered and the corresponding overtravel, the absolute position data are furthermore determined on both channels of the safety module.
After the error acknowledgement, the status bit in C15560, "SREF available", is set by the safety module under the following conditions:
1. The position data of both encoders are checked with regard to their maximum permissible deviations in C15412 ("tolerance of position comparison") by the safety module and must be within the tolerance window parameterised.
2. The Mini-homing process results in plausibility of the absolute position values. • The mini-homing process can only be carried out if a full homing process has been carried out
before the error occurs.
Response after "Repair Mode Select" (RMS)
In "Repair mode select" (RMS), temporary and restricted operation without encoder evaluation is permissible. Repair mode select (RMS) ( 82)
When the repair mode is exited, the axis changes over to normal operation, taking the restart behaviour into consideration. Restart behaviour ( 56)
This requires the following conditions to be met:
1. The position data of both encoders are checked with regard to their maximum permissible deviations in C15412 ("tolerance of position comparison") by the safety module and must be within the tolerance window parameterised.
Danger!
The design of the device must ensure that it is not possible to shift the drive by a value that is many times higher than that of the motor position when it is switched off.
Note!
If the SM302 safety module detects that the voltage of the 24 V supply is not reaching the minimum value, the following values are stored permanently in the safety module:• The absolute position value received as valid at this time and • the offset for the home position parameterised, which has been determined during
the homing process.
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 46
3 Safe configuration3.6 General parameters
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
2. The Mini-homing process results in plausibility of the absolute position values. • The mini-homing process can only be carried out if a full homing process has been carried out
before the error occurs.
Mini-homing process
The mini-homing process serves to reach plausibility of the safety module's absolute position values.
The mini-homing process is carried out via the Safely limited speed (SLS) function and is monitored by the safety module.
Take the following into consideration:
• The safely limited speed Nlim must have been parameterised in C15330 before.
• The distance of the mini-homing process should be greater than or at least equal 4 times the value of C15412:
When the mini-homing process has been carried out successfully, the status bit in C15560 is set to indicate that a safe reference value is available.
When the SM302 has returned from the above-described states, the motion control can, as a general rule, take over the movement in the direction of the home position if a safe home position has been parameterised. This procedure is activated if the safety module resets the "SREF available" status bit in all cases, not exceeding the safely limited speed (to be parameterised) corresponding to the homing process.
After having obtained plausibility of the absolute position values, the status bit in C15560, "SREF available", is set by the safety module.
In this case it is not necessary anymore to approach the home position parameterised, since the bit indicating a safe home position has already been set. Overtravelling the home position in this case would not have any effect.
If a full homing process via the home position switch is to be carried out although the status bit in C15560, "SREF available", has been set, the status bit must be reset by Servo Drives 9400 by writing to a command code of SM302 for a homing process that has already taken place. Since it is only possible to request the status bit to be reset, this cannot cause a safety-critical error.
Minimum distance 4 C15412×≥
3 Safe configuration3.7 Safe inputs
47 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3.7 Safe inputs
General information
The following applies to the sensors on the SM302:
• The sensor type and function can be parameterised.
• A local evaluation is carried out if a corresponding parameter setting has been made.
• If a safety bus is activated, the sensor signals are sent as status information to the master control.
• Deactivated sensor inputs must not be connected. The status of a non-connected input is OFF.
• If a signal is detected at a deactivated sensor input during initialisation, the drive remains inhibited (STO).
• Faulty inputs are evaluated as OFF state.
If the "Safe cascading" safety function is active, the safe SD-In4 input is used as a cascading input and can no longer be used as a universal input. For the cascading function, the SD-In4 input must be parameterised as an active input for the "emergency stop" function. Cascading (CAS) ( 84)
Tip!
Detailed information on the contact function test, the connection of passive/active sensors and example circuits can be found in the manual for the safety module.
Note!
Make sure that an internal contact function test is carried out at the safe inputs:• Safe input in the ON state
• A LOW level at one channel puts the input in the OFF state. The discrepancy monitoring starts simultaneously.
• A LOW level must be detected at both channels within the discrepancy time, otherwise a discrepancy error will be reported.
• To be able to confirm the discrepancy error, a LOW level must be detected before at both channels.
• Safe input in the OFF state• A HIGH level at one channel starts the discrepancy monitoring.• A HIGH level must be detected at both channels within the discrepancy time,
otherwise a discrepancy error will be reported.• To be able to confirm the discrepancy error, a HIGH level must be detected before
at both channels.
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 48
3 Safe configuration3.7 Safe inputs
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Short overview of "Safe inputs" parameter group:
Sensor type/sensor function
The sensor type and function can be parameterised.
Tip!
Detailed information on sensor inputs, active and passive sensors can be found in the manual for the safety module.
Parameter Info Lenze setting
Value Unit
C15030/1...4 SD-In1...4 sensor type Input deactivated
C15031/1...4 SD-In1...4 sensor function Free assignment
C15032/1...4 SD-In1...4 free assignment STO
C15033/1...4 SD-In1...4 discrepancy time 10 ms
C15034/1...4 SD-In1...4 input delay 0 ms
Note!
If an error (e.g. a discrepancy error) occurs at a safe input to which the "operation mode selector" sensor function is assigned, the corresponding input is valued as OFF state.• When there is a LOW level at the safe input, the operating mode can be parameterised
via C15202.• The "Module Error ME" LED blinks, STO is not tripped.• Special operation can only be selected again if the error has been eliminated and
acknowledged.
3 Safe configuration3.7 Safe inputs
49 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Free assignment
If "Free assignment" has been selected as sensor function, the safety function selected via this parameter is assigned to the safe input. The following safety functions can be selected:
• Safe torque off (STO) ( 57)
• Safe stop 1 (SS1) ( 58)
• Safe stop 2 (SS2) ( 59)
• Safely limited speed (SLS) ( 65)
• Safely limited position (SLP) ( 69)
• Position-dependent speed (PDSS) ( 72)
• Safe direction (SDI) ( 67)
• Safely limited increment (SLI) ( 76)
Discrepancy time
Maximum time for which both channels of a safe input may have non-equivalent states without the safety system detecting an error.
Input delay
Time between the recognition of the signal change and the effective evaluation of an input signal. As a result, multiple and short signal changes due to contact bounce of the components are not taken into account.
Note!
If "No function" has been selected, no safety function is assigned to the safe input. The functional test and monitoring of the discrepancy time remain active and the status of the input is transmitted to the control via the safety bus (if parameterised).
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 50
3 Safe configuration3.8 Safe output
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3.8 Safe output
General information
Via the safe output O1A/O1B information can be output to a higher-level unit (e.g. safety PLC) or external switching elements (actuators) can be controlled.
• The 24V supply of the safety module and the safe output must be provided by safely separated power supply units. In order to keep the circuits electrically isolated, separate voltage supplies are required.
• The status of the safe output is controlled by two ways:• Directly by the safety module through a corresponding setting of the parameters "SD-Out1
switching condition" and "SD-Out1 logic function".• Via the PROFIsafe and FSoE output data in connection with the "SD-Out1 logic function"
parameterised.
• The safe output is PP switching, i.e. two plus channels are switched.
If the "Safe cascading" safety function is active, the safe SD-Out1 output is used as cascading output and cannot be parameterised as a universal feedback output. Cascading (CAS) ( 84)
Tip!
Detailed information on the functional test by means of test pulses and example circuits can be found in the manual for the safety module.
Note!
The safe output in ON state is cyclically tested by quick LOW switching.• When selecting the downstream control elements, ensure that the test pulses will not
be detected as LOW signal.• These errors will be detected and set the output to OFF state:
• Short circuit to supply voltage.• In the ON state: Short circuit between the output signals.• In the ON state: Missing 24-V supply voltage at terminal 24O is detected as "Stuck-
at-Low" error.• These errors are not detected:
• In the OFF state: short circuit between the output signals.
3 Safe configuration3.8 Safe output
51 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Short overview of the "Safe output" parameter group:
Parameter Info Lenze setting
C15051/1C15052/1
SD-Out1 switching condition: STO active Not evaluated
SD-Out1 switching condition: SS1 active Not evaluated
SD-Out1 switching condition: SS2 active Not evaluated
SD-Out1 switching condition: SLS1 active Not evaluated
SD-Out1 switching condition: SLS2 active Not evaluated
SD-Out1 switching condition: SLS3 active Not evaluated
SD-Out1 switching condition: SLS4 active Not evaluated
SD-Out1 switching condition: SDIpos active Not evaluated
SD-Out1 switching condition: SDIneg active Not evaluated
SD-Out1 switching condition: ES active Not evaluated
SD-Out1 switching condition: SLI active Not evaluated
SD-Out1 switching condition: OMS Not evaluated
SD-Out1 switching condition: SLP1 monitored Not evaluated
SD-Out1 switching condition: SLP2 monitored Not evaluated
SD-Out1 switching condition: SLP3 monitored Not evaluated
SD-Out1 switching condition: SLP4 monitored Not evaluated
SD-Out1 switching condition: SOS monitored Not evaluated
SD-Out1 switching condition: SLS1 monitored Not evaluated
SD-Out1 switching condition: SLS2 monitored Not evaluated
SD-Out1 switching condition: SLS3 monitored Not evaluated
SD-Out1 switching condition: SLS4 monitored Not evaluated
SD-Out1 switching condition: SDIpos monitored Not evaluated
SD-Out1 switching condition: SDIneg monitored Not evaluated
SD-Out1 switching condition: SSE active Not evaluated
SD-Out1 switching condition: SD-In1 active Not evaluated
SD-Out1 switching condition: SD-In2 active Not evaluated
SD-Out1 switching condition: SD-In3 active Not evaluated
SD-Out1 switching condition: SD-In4 active Not evaluated
SD-Out1 switching condition: OMS active Not evaluated
SD-Out1 switching condition: Error active Not evaluated
SD-Out1 switching condition: SREF active Not evaluated
SD-Out1 switching condition: SREF available Not evaluated
SD-Out1 switching condition: PDSSpos monitored Not evaluated
SD-Out1 switching condition: PDSSneg monitored Not evaluated
SD-Out1 switching condition: SCA1 within limits Not evaluated
SD-Out1 switching condition: SCA2 within limits Not evaluated
SD-Out1 switching condition: SCA3 within limits Not evaluated
SD-Out1 switching condition: SCA4 within limits Not evaluated
SD-Out1 switching condition: n = 0 Not evaluated
SD-Out1 switching condition: positive direction Not evaluated
C15055/1 SD-Out1 logic function OR
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 52
3 Safe configuration3.8 Safe output
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
SD-Out1 switching condition
Configuration of the switching conditions that are to be assigned to the safe output.
• Several switching conditions can be simultaneously assigned to the safe output.
• For each switching condition it can be individually set whether it is to be evaluated with a positive or negative logic.
• In order to assign one or several conditions to the safe output, simply change the settings for these conditions from "Not evaluated" to "Positive logic" or "Negative logic".
• The "SD-Out1" bit of the PROFIsafe and FSoE output data is included in the evaluation via the logic function selected. The evaluation for this bit can be deactivated via the "S bus: Configuration" and "S bus: Filter control data" parameters.
SD-Out1 logic function
Selection of the logic AND / OR operation for the switching conditions to be evaluated.
Tip!• Examples regarding the parameterisation of the safe output can be found in the
following subchapters.• C15060 displays the output image of the safety module.
3.8.1 Example 1: "Safety door"
Switching condition
The following switching condition is to be implemented for the safe output SD-Out1:
• Opening the safety door is permitted (SD-Out1 in ON state) if• the power supply for the motor is safely interrupted (STO active)• OR special operation is active (OMS active)• OR the safe operating stop is active and monitored (SOS monitored).
[3-1] Logic operation for "Safety door" case study
Required parameter setting for SD-Out1
1. Set the following switching conditions to "Positive logic":• STO is active• OMS active• SOS monitored
2. Set all other switching conditions to "Not evaluated".
3. Set logic function to "OR".
4. If a safety bus has been parameterised:• The "SD-Out1" bit of the safety control is considered in the ORing.• Hide the "SD-Out1" bit via the "S bus: Filter control data" parameter to suppress this access.
STO active
OMS active
SOS monitored
SD-Out1 in ON state�1
3 Safe configuration3.8 Safe output
53 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3.8.2 Example 2: "Signalling"
Switching condition
The following switching condition is to be implemented for the safe output SD-Out1:
• Safe signalling is carried out (SD-Out1 in ON state) if• the power supply for the motor is safely interrupted (STO active)• AND NO error is active (Error active).
[3-2] Logic operation for case study "Signalling"
Required parameter setting for SD-Out1
1. Set the following switching condition to "Positive logic":• STO is active
2. Set the following switching condition to "Negative logic":• Fault active
3. Set all other switching conditions to "Not evaluated".
4. Set logic function to "AND".
5. If a safety bus has been parameterised:• The "SD-Out1" bit of the safety control is considered in the ANDing.• Hide the "SD-Out1" bit via the "S bus: Filter control data" parameter to suppress this access.
SD-Out1 in ON stateSTO active
Error active
&
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 54
3 Safe configuration3.9 Safety functions
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3.9 Safety functions
The parameterisable safety functions are divided into functional subgroups:
• Safe stop (SSE, SS1, SS2, SOS) ( 54)
• Safe speed (SMS / SLS) ( 63)
• Safe direction (SDI) ( 67)
• Safely limited position (SLP) ( 69)
• Safe cam (SCA) ( 71)
• Position-dependent speed (PDSS) ( 72)
• Safely limited increment (SLI) ( 76)
• Operation mode selection (OMS) ( 78)
• Repair mode select (RMS) ( 82)
• Cascading (CAS) ( 84)
3.9.1 Safe stop (SSE, SS1, SS2, SOS)
General information
The stop functions are divided according to the tripping reason:
• Standard stop (simple stop)• Tripping by a safe input with the parameterised functions STO, SS1, or SS2.• Tripping by activating the STO, SS1 or SS2 bits via the safety bus.• In special operation (OMS) the standard stop can be avoided by confirming it with the enable
switch (ES).
• Emergency stop• Tripping by a safe input with the parameterised function SSE.• Tripping by activating the bit SSE via the safety bus.• STO or SS1 can be set as the function to be executed via the parameter "SSE: Emergency stop
function".• In special operation (OMS) the emergency stop cannot be avoided.
• Error stop• Tripping as response to an error.• In special operation (OMS) the error stop cannot be avoided.
• Repair Mode Select ()
3 Safe configuration3.9 Safety functions
55 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Short overview of the "Safety functions Safe stop" parameter group:
3.9.1.1 Prioritisation
Stop functions with priority influence the process of already started subordinated functions.
1. Safe torque off (STO)• The STO function has the highest priority and thus takes priority over all other functions.
Functions already started (e.g. SS1 or SS2) are cancelled and the drive is switched off.
2. Safe stop 1 (SS1)• The SS1 function takes priority over SS2. Taking the stopping time set for SS1 and SS2 as well
as that of the SS1 mode into consideration, the drive is switched to torque-free operation.
3. Monitoring functions• The monitoring functions have the same priorities. They can also be executed parallel to the
stop function.
Parameter Info Lenze setting
Value Unit
C15205 Assignment of the stop function for emergency stop STO
C15300/1 Restart behaviour after the STO and SS1 standstill functions have been deactivated
Acknowledged restart
C15300/2 Restart behaviour after the SS2 and SOS standstill functions have been deactivated
Acknowledged restart
C15305 Stopping time for the SS1 and SS2 safety functions. 0 ms
C15306 Selection whether STO is already activated after reaching n=0 when SS1 is executed or only after the parameterised stopping time.
STO after stopping time
C15307 Delay time after the detection of n = 0 until the triggering of STO. Only relevant if "SS1 mode" equals "STO at n = 0" and operation with an encoder system.
0 ms
C15308 Selection whether SOS is already activated after reaching n=0 when SS2 is executed or only after the parameterised stopping time.
SOS after stopping time
C15311 Safely monitored tolerance margin for zero position change.
0 Incr.
C15315 Safely monitored tolerance margin for zero speed. Ramp monitoring activated
C15316 Safely monitored tolerance margin for zero position change.
0 %
C15317 Value of the maximum position change while SOS was active.
0 %
C15318 Selection for whether the deceleration ramp is to be monitored when SS1 and SS2 are executed.
0 min-1
C15319 S-ramp time of the deceleration ramp for SS1 and SS2 if no linear ramp is used.
Relative
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 56
3 Safe configuration3.9 Safety functions
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3.9.1.2 Restart behaviour
The restart behaviour of the drive after a stop function has been executed can be set via the following parameters:
• "Restart behaviour - STO, SS1" (C15300/1)
• "Restart behaviour - SS2, SOS" (C15300/2)
Restart behaviour in the case of the "Acknowledged restart" setting
• After a standard stop the restart must be acknowledged (AIS) via terminal or safety bus.
• After an error stop, the error must be acknowledged first (AIE), before the restart is acknowledged with AIS.
Restart behaviour in the case of the "Automatic restart" setting
The higher-level control must ensure that the drive only restarts after an acknowledgement. The stop status of the drive is reported to the higher-level control via bit STO or SOS.
If the "Safe cascading" safety function is active, an automatic restart after STO is not permissible. The plausibility check rejects such a setting. Cascading (CAS) ( 84)
Danger!
If the request for the safety function is cancelled, the drive can restart automatically.
In the case of an automatic restart, you have to provide external measures which ensure that the drive only restarts after a confirmation (EN 60204).
Acknowledgement
via terminal via safety bus
AIS X82.3 or X82.4(Positive signal pulse with a signal duration of 0.3 ... 10 s)
"PS_AIS" PROFIsafe/FSoE bit (positive edge)Safety bus ( 85)
AIE X82.2(Positive signal pulse with a signal duration of 0.3 ... 10 s)
"PS_AIE" PROFIsafe/FSoE bit (positive edge)Safety bus ( 85)
Note!
The restart behaviour after an emergency stop corresponds to the restart behaviour parameterised for the STO/SS1 stop function.
3 Safe configuration3.9 Safety functions
57 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3.9.1.3 Emergency stop function (SSE)
3.9.1.4 Safe torque off (STO)
Safe Stop Emergency / SSE
Description The emergency stop function starts STO or SS1, depending on the setting of the "SSE: emergency stop function" parameter.
• In special operation the emergency stop cannot be avoided.• Connect the emergency stop buttons, which must not be overruled by special operation, to
the emergency stop function. For this purpose, parameterise the safe input as "emergency stop" (C15031).
Parameter C15205 SSE: Emergency stop function• Selection of the function to be performed (STO or SS1).
Activation How to activate the function:• A data frame with a corresponding content is sent to Servo Drives 9400 via the safety bus. Safety bus ( 85)
• "OFF state" at a safe input which has been assigned to the function by parameter setting. Safe inputs ( 47)
Safe Torque Off / STO (corresponds to a "Stop 0" in accordance with EN 60204)
Description By using this function the power supply for the motor is safely interrupted immediately. The motor cannot generate a torque and thus no dangerous motions of the drive.
• Additional measures are required against movements caused by external forces, e.g. mechanical brakes.
• The restart behaviour can be set. Restart behaviour ( 56)
Priority Priority function: noneSubordinated function: SS1, SS2
Function
Parameter Function sequence and error response have no adjustable parameters.
Activation How to activate the function:• A data frame with a corresponding content is sent to Servo Drives 9400 via the safety bus. Safety bus ( 85)
• "OFF state" at a safe input which has been assigned to the function by parameter setting. Safe inputs ( 47)
• As response to the error stop request.• As response to the emergency stop request.
n
t0
STO
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 58
3 Safe configuration3.9 Safety functions
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3.9.1.5 Safe stop 1 (SS1)
Safe Stop 1 / SS1 (corresponds to a "Stop1" according to EN 60204)
Description The safety module monitors whether the drive has reached the set tolerance margin (n=0) within the parameterised stopping time and, depending on the parameterised SS1 mode, after the stopping time has elapsed or after falling below the tolerance margin (n=0), switches the drive to torque-free operation via the STO safety function.
• The deceleration ramp can be parameterised and monitored for the SS1 stop function. Ramp monitoring (SS1/SS2) ( 61)
• The drive must be braked to a standstill through the application!• The speed is calculated from the encoder data. Position evaluation ( 39) • In SS1 mode "STO with n=0", you can use the parameter "STO delay after n=0" to set a waiting
time which determines when the STO status is adopted.• Without an encoder, the function evaluates the speed status n=0 Servo Drives 9400, the
stopping time monitored in the safety module having to be 0.5 s longer than the stopping time parameterised in Servo Drives 9400.
• Additional measures are required against movements caused by external forces, e.g. mechanical brakes. The application time of a brake must be considered when determining the stopping time.
• A restart is only possible after the stopping time has elapsed completely. This does not apply to special operation. Restart behaviour ( 56)
Priority Priority function: STOSubordinated function: SS2
Function
Function (STO with n=0) can be selected as SS1 mode.
Parameter C15306 SS1 mode: STO after stopping time STO with n=0
C15305 SS1, SS2: Stopping time
C15307 SS1: STO delay after n=0
C15310 Speed window (n=0)
Activation How to activate the function:• A data frame with a corresponding content is sent to Servo Drives 9400 via the safety bus. Safety bus ( 85)
• "OFF state" at a safe input which has been assigned to the function by parameter setting. Safe inputs ( 47)
• As response to the error stop request.• As response to the emergency stop request.
Normal behaviour
When the stopping time has elapsed or after falling below the tolerance margin (n=0), a standard stop is activated.
• The power supply for the motor is safely interrupted immediately (STO). The motor cannot generate a torque and thus no dangerous movements of the drive.
Error behaviour If standstill has not been reached when the stopping time has elapsed, or if the deceleration ramp parameterised was exceeded during the Ramp monitoring was activated, an error message is triggered and an error stop is activated.
• The power supply for the motor is safely interrupted immediately (STO). The motor cannot generate a torque and thus no dangerous movements of the drive.
n
t0
STO
�
STO
n
t0
SS1
STO
�
�
STO
SS1
�
�
� �
3 Safe configuration3.9 Safety functions
59 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3.9.1.6 Safe stop 2 (SS2)
Safe Stop 2 / SS2 (corresponds to a "Stop 2" in accordance with EN 60204)
Description The safety module monitors whether the drive has reached the set tolerance margin (n=0) within the parameterised stopping time and, depending on the parameterised SS2 mode, after the stopping time has elapsed or after falling below the tolerance margin (n=0), activates the monitoring of the safe operating stop (SOS).In the safe operational stop the drive is not switched to torque-free operation but all control functions remain active and the position reached must be maintained actively.
• The deceleration ramp can be parameterised and monitored for the SS2 stop function. Ramp monitoring (SS1/SS2) ( 61)
• The application must ensure that the drive is braked to a standstill and the position is maintained!
• The speed and the position data are calculated from the encoder data. Position evaluation ( 39)
• Without an encoder the function cannot be used.• Additional measures are required against movements caused by external forces, e.g.
mechanical brakes. The application time of a brake must be considered when determining the stopping time.
• A restart is only possible after the stopping time has elapsed completely. This does not apply to special operation. Restart behaviour ( 56)
Priority Priority functions: STO, SS1
Function
Function (SOS with n=0) can be selected as SS2 mode.
Parameter C15308 SS2 mode: SOS after stopping time SOS with n=0
C15305 SS1, SS2: Stopping time
C15310 Speed window (n=0)
C15311 SOS: Tolerance margin (delta p=0) *
Activation How to activate the function:• A data frame with a corresponding content is sent to Servo Drives 9400 via the safety bus. Safety bus ( 85)
• "OFF state" at a safe input which has been assigned to the function by parameter setting. Safe inputs ( 47)
• As response to the error stop request.
In the SOS state, relative position changes are added and compared with the permissible value in the parameter "Tolerance margin delta p=0".
• When the SOS state is left, the maximum relative position change is displayed in the parameter C15312.
• When the SOS state is requested again, the sum of the last position changes is reset to zero.Example:The "SS2 active" state and the "SOS active" state are interrupted by an STO request. If the STO request is reset, the status immediately changes to SOS. This leads to a reset of the current position deviation to p=0.
� �
n
t0
�
STO
SOS
SS2
�n
t0
�
STO
SOS
SS2
�
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 60
3 Safe configuration3.9 Safety functions
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Normal behaviour
When the stopping time has elapsed or after falling below the tolerance margin (n=0), the monitoring of the safe operating stop (SOS) becomes active.
Error behaviour If standstill has not been reached when the stopping time has elapsed, or if the deceleration ramp parameterised was exceeded during the Ramp monitoring was activated, an error message is triggered and an error stop is activated.
• The power supply for the motor is safely interrupted immediately (STO). The motor cannot generate a torque and thus no dangerous movements of the drive.
Safe operating stop (SOS) in final state:If the speed gets out off the set tolerance margin (n=0 or delta p=0) during a safe operational stop, an error message is generated and an error stop starts.
• The power supply for the motor is safely interrupted immediately (STO). The motor cannot generate a torque and thus no dangerous movements of the drive.
Safe Stop 2 / SS2 (corresponds to a "Stop 2" in accordance with EN 60204)
n
t0
SS2
SOS�
�
STO
3 Safe configuration3.9 Safety functions
61 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3.9.1.7 Ramp monitoring (SS1/SS2)
Ramp monitoring (SS1/SS2)
Description The SS1 and SS2 stop functions monitor whether the drive has reached the set tolerance window (n=0) within the stopping time parameterised.The deceleration ramp can be parameterised and monitored for the SS1 and SS2 stop functions.By monitoring the deceleration process, safety can be increased. The longer the deceleration times due to high moments of inertia are, the more important is ramp monitoring, in order to still be able to ensure acceptable safety margins.
• The application must ensure that the drive is braked to a standstill and the position is maintained!
• The safe speed evaluation is a precondition for safe ramp monitoring, i. e. an encoder system has to be parameterised in the safety module.Position evaluation ( 39)
• If ramp monitoring is activated, the starting value of the ramp and the S-ramp time have to be preselected as a percentage value.• The starting value refers to the current speed value at the time of the SS1/SS2 request.• Via the S-ramp time, the starting time of the deceleration ramp is delayed to take a
potential S-ramp smoothing into consideration.
Function
Safe ramp monitoring for SS1 () and SS2 ()
Parameter C15305 SS1, SS2: Stopping time
C15310 Speed window (n=0)
C15315 SS1, SS2: Ramp monitoring
C15316 SS1, SS2: Ramp - S-ramp time
C15317 SS1, SS2: Ramp - start-offset
Activation How to activate the function:• The ramp monitoring function has to be activated via parameter C15315.• If the SS1/SS2 stop function is requested, a monitoring ramp is calculated and is layed on the
current speed characteristic.
• The parameterisation of the monitoring ramp in the safety module has to take the parameters of the deceleration ramp from the application into consideration.
• On the basis of the actual speed, a parameterisable percentage proportion (0 ... 30 %) is added to the actual speed as start offset and is considered as a constant starting value.• As an alternative, an absolute value can be parameterised as a starting offset via C15318.
By parameterising the offset module (C15319) it is defined whether the relative or the absolute offset value is to be used.
• In the Lenze setting of the start offset (C15317) the tolerance window (n=0) is considered as the offset.
• The monitoring ramp is only started after an internal deceleration time has elapsed, which is generated depending on the "SS1, SS2: S-ramp time" and "SS1, SS2: Stopping time" parameters:• The "SS1, SS2: S-ramp time" parameter is scaled linearly from 10 ... 30 % to the stopping
time: 0 % S-ramp time ≡ 10 % deceleration 100 % S-ramp time ≡ 30 % deceleration
• In the Lenze setting of the S-ramp time, the deceleration time is 10 % of the stopping time set.
• In the SM302 the same value as in the standard device can be set for the S-ramp time.
��
��
�
n
0
�
STO
SS1
�
t
STO
�
n
t0
�
STO SOS
SS2
�
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 62
3 Safe configuration3.9 Safety functions
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Normal behaviour
During the stopping time elapses, or before the tolerance window (n=0) is reached, the speed ramp parameterised is not exceeded. Afterwards there is the transition to the STO or SOS stop function parameterised.
Error behaviour If the current speed exceeds the parameterised speed ramp within the stopping time or before the tolerance window (n=0) is reached, an error message is triggered and an error stop is activated.
• The power supply for the motor is safely interrupted immediately (STO). The motor cannot generate a torque and thus no dangerous movements of the drive.
Ramp monitoring (SS1/SS2)
3 Safe configuration3.9 Safety functions
63 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3.9.2 Safe speed (SMS / SLS)
SM302 supports the safe monitoring of a maximum speed (SMS) that is active for all operating states. The SLS1 ... SLS4 functions can be activated at the same time via safe inputs or via the safety bus.
Short overview of the "Safety functions Safe speed" parameter group:
3.9.2.1 Safe maximum speed (SMS)
Parameter Info Lenze setting
Value Unit
C15320 Activation of the SMS function and selection of the maximum speed. Maximum speed = 0: SMS function deactivated.
1 min-1
C15321 Reaction to exceeding the set maximum speed Nmax.
SS1
C15330/1 ... /4 Setting of the safely limited speeds Nlim1 ... Nlim4. 0 min-1
C15331/1 ... /4 Safely monitored time for braking the drive below the limited speeds Nlim1 ... Nlim4.
0 ms
C15332/1 ... /4 Response carried out in the safety module when the limited speeds Nlim1 ... Nlim4 are exceeded.
SS1
C15333/1 ... /4 Permissible direction of movement when monitoring SLS1 ... SLS4.
Both directions enabled
C15350 Maximum time after a speed exceedance has been detected, after which the speed has to fall below the limit (SLS and SMS).
0 ms
Safe Maximum Speed / SMS
Description The safety module monitors the adjusted safe maximum speed of the motor.
The function can only be activated by parameter setting.• See parameter "SMS: Maximum speed Nmax".• The function must not be parameterised if "No encoder system" is set. The plausibility check
rejects such implausible settings until they have been parameterised correctly.
Function
Nmax
t0
SLS1�
nSMS
-Nmax
STO/SS1/SS2�
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 64
3 Safe configuration3.9 Safety functions
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Parameter C15320 SMS: Max. speed Nmax• A value > 0 activates the function, a value = 0 deactivates the function.
C15321 SMS: Reaction (n>Nmax)• Selection of the function to be executed (STO, SS1 or SS2) if monitoring
responds.
C15350 SLS, SMS: Max. response time• If in the event of an error the speed is still outside the limit values after
the response time has elapsed, STO is tripped immediately.• Detailed information can be found in the chapter "Error analysis for the
functions SMS and SLS". ( 66)
Activate How to activate the function:• Set the parameter "SMS: Maximum speed Nmax" > 0.
Error behaviour If the speed exceeds the set maximum speed Nmax, an error message is generated and an error stop is started with the function set in the parameter "SMS: Reaction (n>Nmax)" (STO, SS1 or SS2).
Safe Maximum Speed / SMS
3 Safe configuration3.9 Safety functions
65 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3.9.2.2 Safely limited speed (SLS)
Safely-Limited Speed / SLS
Description When the value has fallen below the parameterised speed limit Nlim or, at the latest, after the adjustable braking time has elapsed, the safety module monitors that the set limited speed Nlim is not exceeded.
• The drive must be braked to the limited speed through the application!• For operation within the limit values the "SLS1...4 monitored" status is set (C15000).
• The status can be assigned to the safe output as a safe speed monitor. Safe output ( 50)
• The status can also be reported via the safety bus.• The function must not be parameterised if "No encoder system" is set. The plausibility check
rejects such implausible settings until they have been parameterised correctly.• The permissible direction of movement can be set via a parameter.• When the direction monitoring SDIxxx is combined with the SLSx function, the delay times
must be adapted to each other. The braking time Nlim then starts at the same time as the SDI delay time.
Function
Function (monitoring is active before the braking time has elapsed)
Parameter C15330/1...4 SLS1...4: Limited speed Nlim
C15331/1...4 SLS1...4: Braking time Nlim
C15332/1...4 SLS1...4: Reaction (n>Nlim)• Selection of the function to be executed (STO, SS1 or SS2) if monitoring
responds.
C15333/1...4 SLS1...4: Perm. direction of movement
C15350 SLS, SMS: Max. response time• If in the event of an error the speed is still outside the limit values after
the response time has elapsed, STO is tripped immediately.• Detailed information can be found in the chapter "Error analysis for the
functions SMS and SLS". ( 66)
Activation How to activate the function:• A data frame with a corresponding content is sent to Servo Drives 9400 via the safety bus. Safety bus ( 85)
• "OFF state" at a safe input which has been assigned to the function by parameter setting. Safe inputs ( 47)
Error behaviour If the speed exceeds the set limited speed Nlim in the monitored state, an error message is generated and an error stop is triggered with the function set in the parameter "SLS1...4: Reaction (n>Nlim)" (STO, SS1 or SS2).
��
�
t0
SLSn
Nlim
STO/SS1/SS2
-Nlim
�
t0
SLSn
Nlim
SLS observed
-Nlim
� �
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 66
3 Safe configuration3.9 Safety functions
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3.9.2.3 Error analysis for the functions SMS and SLS
Error analysis
The speed values are evaluated and checked for plausibility in a cycle of 2 ms.The following illustration shows the process from the moment the error occurred.
Occurrence of the error event• The speed exceeds the limit value parameterised for SMS or SLS.
Detection of the error event• After the internal response time tC of max. one evaluation cycle has elapsed, the
parameterised function (STO, SS1 or SS2) is started as the error response.• With the parameterised function SS1 or SS2, the stopping time tS set for SS1/SS2 is
added to the internal response time, until STO is started in the event of an error.
Response instance in the case of continuous exceedance• By parameterising the maximum response time tR (C15350), continuous exceedance
of the limit values can be avoided.• If the speed is outside the limit values even after the response time tR has elapsed, STO
is started immediately.
In the event of an error, the set limited speed will be exceeded. In order to evaluate the risk for the system, you must calculate the amount of the maximum exceedance.The following must be taken into account:
• Internal response time• Application-specific response time• Application-specific maximum acceleration
tC tR
tS
t
nSTO
STO/SS1/SS2
�� �
3 Safe configuration3.9 Safety functions
67 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3.9.3 Safe direction (SDI)
Short overview of the "Safety functions Safe direction" parameter group:
Parameter Info Lenze setting
Value Unit
C15340 Setting of a permanent monitoring function for the direction of movement in normal operation.
Enable both directions
C15341 Safely monitored time from activation up to switching on of the SDIpos/SDIneg monitoring.
0 ms
C15342 Setting of the tolerance threshold specifying by how many increments the motor may move in the direction locked by SDI.
0 Incr.
C15343 Response to a violation of the permissible direction of movement of the motor.
SS1
Safe Direction / SDI
Description This function allows you to monitor a direction. The safety module monitors whether the drive reaches the set direction in the parameterised delay time and, after the delay time has elapsed, indicates that the direction is monitored. In the monitoring phase, a tolerance threshold ensures that the drive does not leave the permissible direction.
• The direction must be observed by the application!• For operation within the limit values the "SDIpos/SDIneg monitored" status is set (C15000).
• The status can be assigned to the safe output. Safe output ( 50) • The status can also be reported via the safety bus.
• The function must not be parameterised if "No encoder system" is set. The plausibility check rejects such implausible settings until they have been parameterised correctly.
Preconditions The safe directions SDIpos and SDIneg.
Function
Parameter C15340 SDI: Normal operation monitoring
C15341 SDI: Delay time
C15342 SDI: Tolerance threshold
C15343 SDI: Error response
If the SDI delay time (C15341) is parameterised higher than zero, either the "SDIxxx monitored" response must be evaluated (safety bus or safe output) or the risk analysis must show that the delay does not represent a danger. This must e.g. be considered for the calculation of the safety distance.
t0
SDIpos
SDIpos observed�
�
STO/SS1/SS2
�
-n
t0
SDIneg
SDIneg observed�
�
+n
-n
+n
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 68
3 Safe configuration3.9 Safety functions
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Activation How to activate the function:• A data frame with a corresponding content is sent to Servo Drives 9400 via the safety bus. Safety bus ( 85)
• "OFF state" at a safe input which has been assigned to the function by parameter setting. Safe inputs ( 47)
• For normal operation, the safe direction can be fixedly set via a safe parameter.• The safe direction can be combined with the safely-limited speed SLS.
Error behaviour If the SDI tolerance threshold for the set SDIpos/SDIneg direction is exceeded after the SDI delay time has elapsed an error message is activated and an error stop with the function set in the "SDI: Error response" parameter (STO, SS1 or SS2) is triggered.
Safe Direction / SDI
3 Safe configuration3.9 Safety functions
69 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3.9.4 Safely limited position (SLP)
The SM302 safety module supports safe monitoring of absolute positions by the functions:
Safe referencing (SREF) ( 43)
Safe cam (SCA) ( 71)
Position-dependent speed (PDSS) ( 72)
Short overview of the "Safety functions Safely limited position" parameter group:
Parameter Info Lenze setting
Value Unit
SLP safety function: safely limited absolute position
C15360/1 ... /4 Lower position limit for SLP1 ... SLP4 0 Incr.
C15361/1 ... /4 Upper position limit for SLP1 ... SLP4 0 Incr.
C15362/1 ... /4 Error response for SLP1 ... SLP4 SS1
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 70
3 Safe configuration3.9 Safety functions
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Safely-limited position / SLP
Description The safety module monitors the lower and upper Plim position limit.
If the drives violates the upper or lower limit value in the course of limit value monitoring, an error response is activated, providing the possibility that the position value monitored is exceeded by the coast-down of the torqueless motor.
Function For monitoring an absolute position range, an upper and a lower position value must be set via a safe parameter. Up to four absolute position limit value pairs can be parameterised and monitored at the same time.In order to execute this function, an absolute home position must be available in the system, which is approached before the function is executed.Safe referencing (SREF) ( 43) Otherwise the safe speed limitation (SLS1 - SLS4) parameterised is triggered when the SLP function is activated, which can be executed during normal operation and special operation. It is to be possible to execute the SLP function during normal operation and special operation (OMS).If a safe reference is available, monitoring of the upper and lower position limit values parameterised is carried out at the time of request. This state is shown by the "SLPx monitored" status bit.
Parameter C15360/1...4 SLP1...4: lower position limit
C15361/1...4 SLP1...4: upper position limit
C15362 SLP: error response (psafe<>Plim)• Selection of the function to be executed (STO, SS1 or SS2) if monitoring
responds.• If in the event of an error the speed is still outside the limit values after
the response time has elapsed, STO is tripped immediately.
Activation How to activate the function:• A data frame with a corresponding content is sent to Servo Drives 9400 via the safety bus. Safety bus ( 85)
• "OFF state" at a safe input which has been assigned to the function by parameter setting. Safe inputs ( 47)
Error behaviour If the drive, whilst being monitored, exceeds the absolute position Plim that has been set, an error message is triggered and an error stop is activated using the function set in the "SLP1...4: error response (psafe<>Plim)" parameter (STO, SS1, or SS2).
�
t0
SLP observed
P
��
STO/SS1/SS2
3 Safe configuration3.9 Safety functions
71 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3.9.5 Safe cam (SCA)
Short overview of the "Safety functions Safe cam" parameter group:
Note!
In order to execute this function, a safety-rated encoder system must be used.
Parameter Info Lenze setting
Value Unit
C15365/1 ... /4 SCA1 ... SCA4: lower position limit 0 Incr.
C15366/1 ... /4 SCA1 ... SCA4: upper position limit 0 Incr.
Safe CAm / SCA
Description The safety module monitors the lower and upper position limit value.
In order to execute the SCA function, a safe home position must be available in the system.
Function When this function is executed, the current absolute position is compared to the position limits parameterised. This binary state is shown via status bits 4 ... 7 in C15001. The function is activated by entering a parameter value (≠ 0). The status is transferred to the safety and standard application.
Parameter C15365/1...4 SCA: lower position limit
C15366/1...4 SCA: upper position limit
Activation By entering the corresponding parameter value > 0, the function is activated.
t0
SCA
P
t0
1Status SCAx within limits
�
�
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 72
3 Safe configuration3.9 Safety functions
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3.9.6 Position-dependent speed (PDSS)
Short overview of the "Safety functions Position-dependent speed" parameter group:
Danger!
The suitability of the slip compensation described in this section must be checked for the application in each case.
If slip compensation is used, the diagnostic marks must be cyclically overtravelled. The diagnostic interval has to be defined by a corresponding risk assessment process.
The diagnostic test interval has to be ensured by a higher-level control component.
Parameter Info Lenze setting
Value Unit
C15370 Lower position limit for PDSS. 0 Incr.
C15371 Upper position limit for PDSS. 0 Incr.
C15372 Lower SCS limit for PDSS. A value of zero deactivates the function.
0 Incr.
C15373 Upper SCS limit for PDSS. A value of zero deactivates the function.
0 Incr.
C15374 Safe creeping speed from the lower SCS limit onwards in the direction of the lower position limit.
0 min-1
C15375 Safe creeping speed from the upper SCS limit onwards in the direction of the upper position limit.
0 min-1
C15376 Value of the maximum permissible speed for PDSS. 0 min-1
C15377 Value of the maximum negative acceleration in the direction of the lower position limit for PDSS.
0 m/s2
C15378 Value of the maximum negative acceleration in the direction of the upper position limit for PDSS.
0 m/s2
C15379 Setting of the input source for the PDSS diagnostic positions.
deactivated
C15380 Setting of the level for detecting a PDSS diagnostic position if Ref-In or PDSS-Diag-In is parameterised as input source at SD-In.
LOW level
C15381 Setting of the lower diagnostic position for PDSS. 0 Incr.
C15382 Setting of the upper diagnostic position for PDSS. 0 Incr.
C15383 Setting of the permissible tolerance margin when overtravelling the diagnostic positions for PDSS.
0 Incr.
C15384 Activation/deactivation of the slip compensation in the end regions of the PDSS function. deactivated
C15385 Permanent activation of the PDSS function without any request via S-bus or SD-In.
On request
C15387 Response to errors detected in the PDSS function. SS1
3 Safe configuration3.9 Safety functions
73 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Position-dependent Safe Speed / PDSS
Description The "Position-dependent safe speed" function • monitors the speed of a drive as a function of the absolute position along a motion range.• enables the use of a physically limited motion range without the use of mechanical buffers
and limit switches. Further descriptions for this function can be found in the following sections:Safe creeping speed (SCS) ( 74)Slip compensation ( 74)
Function
prohibited range of the lower / upper position limit impermissible range of the lower / upper position limit
Parameter C15370C15371
PDSS: lower / upper position limit
C15372C15373
PDSS: lower / upper SCS limit
C15374C15375
PDSS: SCS from the lower / upper limit onwards
C15377C15378
PDSS: max. deceleration of the lower / upper limit
C15376 PDSS: max. speed
C15381C15382
PDSS: lower / upper diagnostic position
C15379 PDSS: diag-pos. input source
C15380 PDSS: detection of diagnostic position
C15383 PDSS: tolerance of diagnostic position
C15384 PDSS: slip comp. in the end region
C15385 PDSS: permanent activation
C15387 PDSS: error response
C15388 PDSS: curr. difference of diag. pos.
C15389 PDSS: curr. speed monitored
Activation How to activate the function:• A data frame with a corresponding content is sent to Servo Drives 9400 via the safety bus. Safety bus ( 85)
• "OFF state" at a safe input which has been assigned to the function by parameter setting. Safe inputs ( 47)
Furthermore the function can be parameterised as permanently active.
Error behaviour If the envelope curve is exceeded or if the absolute position limits are exited, an error message is triggered and an error stop is initiated with the function set in the C15387 parameter (STO, SS1 or SS2).
v
�
PDSS PDSS
�
�� � �
��
s
��
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 74
3 Safe configuration3.9 Safety functions
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Safe creeping speed (SCS)
The changeover of the speed that depends on the direction of movement makes it possible for the drive to move away from the impermissible range at maximum speed afterwards.
Slip compensation
If an operational slip between the load encoder and the motor encoder is to be expected (e.g. friction wheel drive), the slip can be evaluated by the safety module and can be adapted or compensated cyclically.
The possibility of permanently activating the slip compensation that is not linked with the PDSS function is provided. It can be deactivated for the ranges between the diagnostic positions and the end of the travel path by parameterisation in the PDSS function.
The function must be activated by the user (C15540) and is in particular provided for the travel ranges beyond the buffer zones. The function brings about a reduction of the buffer end zones and serves to provide for a better availability of the system.
When the slip compensation function is activated, diagnostic marks are required to cyclically verify the faultlessness of the position encoder. In order to provide for a sufficient braking distance in the event of an error, it has to be ensured that the diagnostic marks are arranged so as to make it possible to detect errors in the range of the maximum permissible speed. The cycle for overtravelling the diagnostic marks must be controlled by the application and has to be monitored with regard to safety.
Depending on the application, the drive often is not able to approach the end point with the speed limited by the monitoring function without running the risk of exceeding the limit to the impermissible range .
By parameterising a safe creeping speed (SCS, Safe Crawling Speed) which becomes effective when the position is reached, the impermissible range can be nearly approached.
The distance of the end point to the impermissible range must be selected so great, taking all tolerance margins parameterised into consideration, that it does not collide with the impermissible range in any case.
With regard to the application, it must be ensured that the limit to the impermissible range is not overtravelled.
Therefore the buffer end range must be increased by the maximum permissible slip, range .
v
s
v = f(s)
�
vmax
�
v
s
v = f(s)
�
vmax
�
�
v
s
vmax
� �
3 Safe configuration3.9 Safety functions
75 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
When the function is activated, a cyclic position comparison between the diagnostic marks and is carried out within every computing cycle of the safety module between the motor encoder and the position encoder. Therefore the diagnostic marks are located upstream of the buffer zones of the travel path ends in each case:
When the diagnostic positions are overtravelled, a comparison of the safely parameterised diagnostic marks with the current absolute value encoder position is carried out. If the difference is outside a tolerance window to be parameterised, the error response parameterised is triggered.
� �
s
v
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 76
3 Safe configuration3.9 Safety functions
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3.9.7 Safely limited increment (SLI)
Short overview of the "Safety functions Safely limited increment" parameter group:
Parameter Info Lenze setting
Value Unit
C15203 Number of increments for a safely limited increment in special operation. The value "0" deactivates the SLI function.
1 Incr.
C15325 Number of increments for a safely limited increment in normal operation.The value "0" deactivates the SLI function.
1 Incr.
C15204 Value of the maximum position change while SLI has been active.
Greyed out = display parameter
3 Safe configuration3.9 Safety functions
77 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Safely limited Increment / SLI
Description With this function, a maximum permissible change in position can be set. This function is activated via the safety bus by activation of a safe sensor input or as a function of the operating mode changeover by selection of special operation.In order to execute this function, a safety-rated encoder system must be used.Within this position window, the increments parameterised can be traversed in positive and negative directions. There is no time limit for executing this function.Exceeding the increment limits parameterised triggers the "Safely limited increment exceeded" error.The "SLI active" bit is provided as status information or control information.
Function
SLI request SLI status active SLI error exceeded Time segment t0 ... t1
• Distance covered in the positive direction. • The SLI function is active. Time segment t0 ... t1
• Distance covered in the negative direction. • The SLI function is deactivated at the time t1. Time t2
• When the SLI is active, the "Safely limited increment exceeded" error is triggered.• The drive is switched off and reaches a standstill after having covered a distance.
Activation How to activate the function:• When the SLI increment is exceeded, an error message is triggered and the STO error stop is
activated.• A data frame with a corresponding content is sent to Servo Drives 9400 via the safety bus. Safety bus ( 85)
• "OFF state" at a safe input which has been assigned to the function by parameter setting. Safe inputs ( 47)
Error behaviour If the maximum permissible change in position is exceeded, an error stop is activated with the STO function.
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
0
0
1
1
1
SLS1� �
n
�
�
�
�
t0 t1 t2
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 78
3 Safe configuration3.9 Safety functions
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3.9.8 Operation mode selection (OMS)
Short overview of the "Safety functions Operation mode selection" parameter group:
Parameter Info Lenze setting
Value Unit
C15200 Defines the stop function in special operation. STO
C15201 Defines the motion function in special operation. SLS1
C15202 Function that is executed with a LOW level at the safe input using the OMS function. Please note: On the basis of the closed-circuit principle, the parameter setting must not pose any additional risk!
Normal operation
3 Safe configuration3.9 Safety functions
79 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Operation Mode Selector / OMS
Description This function serves to switch between normal operation and "special operation" of the drive.
• Special operation enables the overriding of a standard stop (STO, SS1 and SS2) by release through the enable switch. Enable switch (ES) ( 81)
• The monitoring function of the safely limited increment is active as soon as a value > 0 has been entered in C15203. The setting "0" deactivates the SLI monitoring function.
• The monitoring function parameterised is automatically activated with the transition to special operation. A motion function other than "traverse freely" at the same time is monitoring function in special operation.
OMS: Function at LOW levelIf the operation mode selector is implemented via a safe input, the operating mode for the LOW level is to be selected with care.According to the closed-circuit principle, no additional danger must be caused by normal or special operation in the corresponding application.For detailed information, please see the manual for the safety module.
Preconditions • A safe input must be parameterised and interconnected as an operation mode selector. You can only connect and parameterise one operation mode selector. The OMS bit of the safety bus must be deactivated (C15113). When a safe input is used, the LOW level function must be set depending on the application.
• Special operation can also be selected via the safety bus with the OMS bit unless a safety input is set as an operation mode selector.
• The plausibility check rejects ambiguous settings until you have parameterised them correctly.
Function
Basic status of normal operation
If special operation is requested, the stop function (STO, SS1 or SS2) parameterised for special operation is started.
Via enable through the enable switch, the motion function (SLS or free traversing) parameterised for special operation is possible. Furthermore the SLI monitoring function (safely limited increment) can be switched on for the motion function parameterised.
Parameter C15200 OMS: Stop function
C15201 OMS: Motion function• The "Free traversing" setting must be suitable for the application!
C15202 OMS: Function at LOW level
C15203 Safely limited increment
Requesting the special operation
How to request the special operation:• "ON state" at a safe input to which the "operation mode selector" function has been assigned
by parameter setting. Safe inputs ( 47) • Only if no safe input is used, the function can be activated via the safety bus by sending a data
frame with a corresponding content to Servo Drives 9400.
If the OMS bit is received via the safety bus, the value 0 (normal operation) is adopted in the case of passivation. In special applications (e.g. safety door requests OMS, i.e. open safety door = special operation), this must not lead to a dangerous state through an automatic restart!
Standard operation
Acknowledge (AIS)for restart
Special operation
Stop function
Enable switch (ES)Motion function
Activate OMS
Deactivate OMS�
�
�
� ��
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 80
3 Safe configuration3.9 Safety functions
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Deactivating special operation
A change-over from special operation to normal operation is only possible when the drive is at standstill (stop function STO, SS1 or SS2 active).
• For a restart, the restart must be acknowledged (AIS) via terminal or safety bus.• The automatic restart is not permitted. If the "Automatic restart" is parameterised, this must
be prevented by special measures, e.g. programming in the master control.
Error behaviour • The monitoring functions SMS and SLS can be activated in both operating modes and trigger the parameterised stop function in the event of a error.
• If the SLI monitoring function is active, exceeding the position window activates the parameterised stop function for special operation.
• The emergency stop function can be triggered in both operating modes.
Operation Mode Selector / OMS
3 Safe configuration3.9 Safety functions
81 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3.9.8.1 Enable switch (ES)
Enable Switch / ES
Description This function enables overriding of the standard stop functions STO, SS1 and SS2 during special operation.
A release via the enable switch activates the parameterised motion function during special operation and the drive can be traversed.The stopping times assigned to the stop functions are directly deactivated/stopped.
Preconditions • A safe input must be parameterised and interconnected as an enable switch. You can only connect and parameterise one enable switch. The ES bit of the safety bus must be deactivated (C15113).
• The confirmation can also be selected via the safety bus using the ES bit unless a safe input is set as an enable switch.
• Special operation must be activated. Operation mode selection (OMS) ( 78) • The plausibility check rejects ambiguous settings until you have parameterised them
correctly.
Activation How to activate the function:• "ON state" at a safe input to which the "enable switch" function has been assigned by
parameter setting. Safe inputs ( 47) • Only if no safe input is used, the function can be activated via the safety bus by sending a data
frame with a corresponding content to Servo Drives 9400.
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 82
3 Safe configuration3.9 Safety functions
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3.9.9 Repair mode select (RMS)
Short overview of the "Safety functions Repair mode select" parameter group:
Parameter Info Lenze setting
Value Unit
C15210 Defines the stop function in repair mode. STO
3 Safe configuration3.9 Safety functions
83 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Repair Mode Select (RMS)
Description This function moves the drive from a situation that is blocking it ("Deadlock").
In the safety concept, this state is accounted for as a special case for actuating an axis connected, the encoders connected being evaluated in a non-safety-rated fashion.
This function must only be used for a vertical axis with a brake on the load side, in order to move a drive from a deadlock, thus re-enabling the special operation that has been parameterised.
Examples of special cases
1. In the case of a hoist drive with a brake on the load side, a difference between the motor position value and the load encoder position value may occur if the motor brake is applied with a delay. The axis must then be traversed to the position in which the position of both encoders is identical again. The load encoder must not be evaluated in this process, since it would supply static values until the operating position is reached.
2. If the load encoder fails, or if the motor encoder is defective, the corresponding axis must be moved to a position in which it can be repaired.
Function
In repair mode, the safety functions are solely restricted to the parameterisable stop functions STO and SS1 (without ramp monitoring) and the effectiveness of the enable switch.
Parameter C15210 RMS: stop function
Requesting the repair mode
How to request the repair mode:• "ON state" at a safe input to which the "Repair mode select (RMS)" has been assigned by
parameterisation. Safe inputs ( 47) • Only if no safe input is used, the function can be activated via the safety bus by sending a data
frame with a corresponding content to Servo Drives 9400.
In repair mode, an automatic deactivation of all speed and absolute position functions is effected on the safety module, resetting the "SREF available" status bit (C15560).
Returning to special operation
• A changeover from the repair mode can only be executed while the drive is at a standstill (STO or SS1 stop function active).
• In order to restart, release is only to be carried out via the Enable switch (ES).When the repair mode has been exited, the encoder evaluation is re-activated on the basis of the present parameter setting. If the position values of the motor encoder and the Servo Drives 9400 values including the tolerance window parameterised (C15557) comply with each other after the repair mode has been exited, operation can be continued after a successful Mini-homing process, automatically activating the "SREF available" status bit (C15560) and the absolute position functions currently requested.
Error behaviour If the position values of the motor encoder and those of the load encoder do not comply with each other when the repair mode has been exited, the following error states are shown when the absolute position monitoring function is activated:
• Exit position window• Slip error• Deactivation of the PDDS function
Normalbetrieb
Bestätigung (AIS)für Wiederanlauf
Stoppfunktion
Zustimmung (ES)Bewegungsfunktion
Anforderung
Aufhebung
�
Reparaturbetrieb (RMS)
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 84
3 Safe configuration3.9 Safety functions
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3.9.10 Cascading (CAS)
Tip!
Detailed information on cascade wiring can be found in the manual for the safety module.
Cascading / CAS
Description This function enables the synchronised shutdown of an entire drive system.
• The function can only be activated via parameter setting. See parameter "CAS: Cascading".• When the function is active:
• The safe SD-In4 input is used as a cascading input and can no longer be used as universal input.
• The safe SD-Out1 output is used as a cascading output and can no longer be parameterised as universal feedback output.
• An emergency stop function (SSE) tripped by cascading cannot be overridden by the Enable switch (ES) during special operation.
• The cascade triggers with every STO, independently of which safety module has the STO status and for what reason.
• All safety modules of the cascade can only be enabled if all cascading inputs (SD-In4) are in the OFF state.
Preconditions • The SD-In4 input must be parameterised as an active input for the "emergency stop" function and the input delay for SD-In4 must be ≤ 10 ms. Safe inputs ( 47)
• Via the "SSE: Emergency stop function" parameter, STO must be parameterised as the emergency stop function to be executed.Emergency stop function (SSE) ( 57)
• The restart behaviour following the execution of the STO/SS1 stop function must be parameterised to "acknowledged restart".Restart behaviour ( 56)
• The control of the SD-Out1 output via a parameterised safety bus must be inhibited.Safety bus ( 85)
• The plausibility check rejects other settings until you have parameterised them correctly.• In the cascade connection, you can only change from the SS2/SOS stop function to the
confirmation during special operation. The STO/SS1 stop function would always trigger the interconnection and a confirmation would thus not be possible.
Principle
Parameter C15035 CAS: Cascading
C15036 CAS: Stop delay• Display of the time that passes between switching of the SD-Out1 output
to the OFF state and the detection of the OFF state at the SD-In4 input. This information can be helpful when commissioning/maintaining the system.
• If "0 ms" is displayed after a stop, another safety module has triggered the stop via the cascade.
• The time that passes until the next system acknowledgement is displayed.
Activate How to activate the function:• Set "CAS: Cascading" parameter to "cascading with SD-In4".
SD-Out1
SD-In4
SM302 #1 SM302 #2
SD-In4
SD-Out1
SM302 #n
SD-In4
SD-Out1
3 Safe configuration3.10 Safety bus
85 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3.10 Safety bus
The safety module provides parameterisable interfaces for standardised safety bus systems. By selecting the bus system, the corresponding parameters are made available.
Short overview of "Safety bus" parameter group:
S-bus: Configuration
Selection of the safety bus system used. Communication modes that are currently being supported:
• Operation without safety bus
• Operation with PROFIsafe protocol via PROFINET
• Operation with Safety over EtherCAT (FSoE)
Parameter Info Lenze setting
C15100 S-bus: Configuration No safety bus
C15113 S bus: Filter control data (bit-coded):
Bit 0 STO Passing through
Bit 1 SS1 Passing through
Bit 2 SS2 Passing through
Bit 3 SLS1 Passing through
Bit 4 SLS2 Passing through
Bit 5 SLS3 Passing through
Bit 6 SLS4 Passing through
Bit 7 SDIpos Passing through
Bit 8 SDIneg Passing through
Bit 9 ES Passing through
Bit 10 SLI Passing through
Bit 11 OMS Passing through
Bit 12 SLP1 Passing through
Bit 13 SLP2 Passing through
Bit 14 SLP3 Passing through
Bit 15 SLP4 Passing through
Bit 16 PS_AIS Passing through
Bit 17 PS_AIE Passing through
Bit 18 Reserved
Bit 19 RMS Passing through
Bit 20 SREF Start Passing through
Bit 21 SREF Load Passing through
Bit 22 PDSS Passing through
Bit 23 SSE Passing through
Bit 24 SD-Out1 Passing through
Bits 25 ... 31 Reserved
Bits not listed are reserved for future extensions!
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 86
3 Safe configuration3.10 Safety bus
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
S bus: Filter control data
Unused functions in the control data of the safety bus must be set to "Inhibit" via this parameter. Then, these functions cannot be activated anymore via the safety bus independently of the transmitted control data.
3 Safe configuration3.10 Safety bus
87 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3.10.1 PROFIsafe connection
Preconditions
The SM302 safety module supports the transmission of safe information via the PROFIsafe protocol in compliance with the "PROFIsafe - Profile for Safety Technology" specification, version 2.0 of the PROFIBUS user organisation (PNO). Servo Drives 9400 forwards the PROFIsafe information to the safety module for safe evaluation.
Addressing
In order that a data telegram reaches the correct device, a unique PROFIsafe target address is required. If "PROFIsafe" has been selected as safety bus, the safety address is accepted simultaneously as the PROFIsafe target address. This address must match the corresponding configuration of the safety PLC.
Setting of the safety address ( 35)
PROFIsafe frame
PROFIsafe connection Required communication module S bus: Configuration ( C15100 )
PROFINET E94AYCER (PROFINET)From software version V3
PROFIsafe / PROFINET
Note!
Operation with PROFIsafe via PROFINET is only permissible according to the "PROFIsafe-Profile for Safety Technology" specification, version 2.x!
Note!
The PROFIsafe data is sent in the second slot of a PROFINET data telegram. This must be observed for the hardware configuration of the safety PLC!
PROFINET data telegram
header Slot 1 Slot 2 Trailer
Data PROFIsafe message
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 88
3 Safe configuration3.10 Safety bus
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
PROFIsafe message
One bit of the PROFIsafe data is always used to control specific safety functions.
• The structure of the PROFIsafe data is described in the PROFIsafe profile.
• The length of the PROFIsafe data (PROFIsafe message) in the SM302 is 16 bytes (fix).
• In the following subchapters, the meaning of the PROFIsafe process data is separately described for PROFIsafe output data and PROFIsafe input data.
Tip!
For detailed information about the PROFIsafe message, please see the manual for the safety module and the PROFINET communication manual.
PROFIsafe message - V2 mode
Bit offset
Byte offset 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 ... 11
PROFIsafe process data(PROFIsafe output data/PROFIsafe input data)
12 Control byte or status byte
13 ... 15CRC2
(Signature originating from PROFIsafe process data, PROFIsafe parametersand the consecutive number)
3 Safe configuration3.10 Safety bus
89 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3.10.2 FSoE connection
Preconditions
The SM302 safety module supports the transmission of safe information via the Safety over EtherCAT protocol in compliance with the "ETG.5100 S" specification, version 1.2.0, of the EtherCAT user organisation (ETG). The Servo Drives 9400 forwards the FSoE information to the safety module for safe evaluation.
Addressing
In order that a data telegram reaches the right node, a unique safety address is required. This address must comply with the corresponding configuration of the safety PLC and may be allocated only once within the EtherCAT network.
Setting of the safety address ( 35)
Configuration of the safety process data (PDO mapping)
Without configuring the safety process data, an FSoE connection is not possible.
The Safety-PDO-Mapping must be set exclusively via the EtherCAT configuration software. The structure of the safety process data are predefined in the device description file (ESI) and cannot be modified.
Observe the following for the PDO configuration:
• The standard data must always be inserted as "module 1" and
• the safety process data can be optionally inserted as "module 2".
FSoE frame
FSoE connection Required communication module S bus: Configuration ( C15100 )
EtherCAT E94AYCET (EtherCAT)From software version V04.xx
FSoE / EtherCAT
Note!
A safety bus system can only be actuated via the upper module slot (MXI1) of Servo Drives 9400.
Protocol data
Range Values
Process data 1 ... 32 process data words for each direction (max. 64 bytes, 16 bits/word)
Parameter data Max. 128 bytes (mailbox size for CoE transfer)
Safety data when using the SM302
Safety outputs: 11 bytesSafety inputs: 19 bytes
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 90
3 Safe configuration3.10 Safety bus
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Configuration of the FSoE master
Set the following FSoE communication parameters for the FSoE connection with the SM302 safety module in the FSoE master as follows:
• Safety address / FSoE address• Permitted values: 1 ... 65534• For display see C15112
• FSoE watchdog time• Permitted values: 30 ... 5000 ms• For display see C15127
• Connection ID• Permitted values: 1 ... 65535• For display see C15121
• Communication Parameter Length• Permitted value: 2• For display see C15129
• Application Parameter Length• Permitted value: 0• For display see C15130
3 Safe configuration3.10 Safety bus
91 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3.10.3 PROFIsafe output data
The PROFIsafe output data (control data) is transmitted from the control to the safety module.
Unused functions in the control data of the safety bus must be set to "Inhibit" via the parameter "S-bus: Control data filter" (C15113). Then, these functions cannot be activated anymore via the safety bus independently of the transmitted control data.
The parameter "S-bus: display control data" (C15115) displays the control data filtered via C15113.
Bit Name Value Meaning
0 STO 0 The STO function is activated.
1 SS1 0 The SS1 function is activated.
2 SS2 0 The SS2 function is activated.
3 SLS1 0 The SLS1 function is activated.
4 SLS2 0 The SLS2 function is activated.
5 SLS3 0 The SLS3 function is activated.
6 SLS4 0 The SLS4 function is activated.
7 SDIpos 0 The SDIpos function is activated.
8 SDIneg 0 The SDIneg function is activated.
9 ES 1 Confirmation is active:During special operation motion functions are possible.
10 SLI 0 The SLI function is activated.
11 OMS 0 Normal operation
1 Special operation
12 SLP1 0 The SLP1 function is activated.
13 SLP2 0 The SLP2 function is activated.
14 SLP3 0 The SLP3 function is activated.
15 SLP4 0 The SLP4 function is activated.
16 AIS 01 Activate restart acknowledgement.The bit must be set for at least one S bus cycle.
17 AIE 01 Activation of error acknowledgement.The bit must be set for at least one S bus cycle.
18 Reserved
19 RMS 1 Repair mode is activated.
20 SREF Start 01 Starts the homing process.
21 SREF Load 01 Acceptance of the absolute home position parameterised.
22 PDSS 0 The PDSS function is activated.
23 SSE 0 The SSE function is activated.
24 SD-Out1 1 The SD-Out1 output is set to ON state.
25-26 Reserved
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 92
3 Safe configuration3.10 Safety bus
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3.10.4 PROFIsafe input data
The PROFIsafe input data (status information) is transmitted from the safety module to the control.
Bit Name Value Meaning
0 STO is active 1 The STO function is active and the drive is safely switched to torqueless operation
• This bit is also set by SS1 after the stopping time has elapsed.
1 SS1 active 1 The SS1 function is active.• At the end of the function the bit 0 (STO active) is set.
2 SS2 active 1 The SS2 function is active.• At the end of the function bit 16 (SOS monitored) is set.
3 SLS1 active 1 The SLS1 function is active.• After the Nlim1 braking time has elapsed, bit 17 (SLS1
monitored) is set in addition.
4 SLS2 active 1 The SLS2 function is active.• After the Nlim2 braking time has elapsed, bit 18 (SLS2
monitored) is set in addition.
5 SLS3 active 1 The SLS3 function is active.• After the Nlim3 braking time has elapsed, bit 19 (SLS3
monitored) is set in addition.
6 SLS4 active 1 The SDIpos function is active.• After the Nlim4 braking time has elapsed, bit 20 (SLS4
monitored) is set in addition.
7 SDIpos active 1 The SDIpos function is active.• After the delay time has elapsed, bit 21 (SDIpos monitored) is
set in addition.
8 SDIneg active 1 The SDIneg function is active.• After the delay time has elapsed, bit 22 (SDIneg monitored) is
set in addition.
9 ES active 1 ES function is active during special operation: Motion function
0 ES function is not active during special operation: Stop function
10 SLI active 1 The SLI function is active.
11 OMS 1 Special operation via safe input or safety bus is requested.
12 SLP1 monitored 1 The SLP1 function is active, i.e. compliance with the absolute position limits parameterised is monitored.
13 SLP2 monitored 1 The SLP2 function is active, i.e. compliance with the absolute position limits parameterised is monitored.
14 SLP3 monitored 1 The SLP3 function is active, i.e. compliance with the absolute position limits parameterised is monitored.
15 SLP4 monitored 1 The SLP4 function is active, i.e. compliance with the absolute position limits parameterised is monitored.
16 SOS active 1 The SOS function is active, i.e. the safe operating stop is monitored.
17 SLS1 monitored 1 The SLS1 function is active, i.e. the compliance with the limited speed 1 is monitored.
18 SLS2 monitored 1 The SLS2 function is active, i.e. the compliance with the limited speed 2 is monitored.
19 SLS3 monitored 1 The SLS3 function is active, i.e. the compliance with the limited speed 3 is monitored.
20 SLS4 monitored 1 The SLS4 function is active, i.e. the compliance with the limited speed 4 is monitored.
21 SDIpos monitored 1 The SDIpos function is active, i.e. the compliance with the safe direction SDIpos is monitored.
22 SDIneg monitored 1 The SDIneg function is active, i.e. the compliance with the safe direction SDIneg is monitored.
3 Safe configuration3.10 Safety bus
93 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
23 SSE active 1 The SSE function is monitored.• When the emergency stop function STO is parameterised, bit 0
(STO active) is set as well.• When the emergency stop function SS1 is parameterised, first
bit 1 (SS1 active) is set and at the end of the function bit 0 (STO active) is set.
24 SD-In1 1 Sensor at I1A and I1B: Channels A and B are in ON state.
25 SD-In2 1 Sensor at I2A and I2B: Channels A and B are in ON state.
26 SD-In3 1 Sensor at I3A and I3B: Channels A and B are in ON state.
27 SD-In4 1 Sensor at I4A and I4B: Channels A and B are in ON state.
28 RMS active 1 Repair mode is active.
29 OMS active 1 The OMS function is active: Special operation.• In contrast to bit 11 (OMS), this bit remains set until the special
operation is cancelled and the change-over to normal operation has taken place via the stop function.
0 The OMS function is not active: Normal operation.
30 Reserved
31 Fault active 1 Error status is active (fault or warning).
32 SREF active 1 Homing / mini-homing is active.
33 SREF available 1 Homing / mini-homing has been completed. The safe reference is known.
34 PDSSpos monitored 1 For position-dependent speed monitoring, the positive direction of movement is monitored.
35 DSSneg monitored 1 For position-dependent speed monitoring, the negative direction of movement is monitored.
36 SCA1 within the limits 1 Safe cam 1 has been parameterised and is complied with.
37 SCA2 within the limits 1 Safe cam 2 has been parameterised and is complied with.
38 SCA3 within the limits 1 Safe cam 3 has been parameterised and is complied with.
39 SCA4 within the limits 1 Safe cam 4 has been parameterised and is complied with.
40 Reserved
41 Safe speed OK 1 "Safe speed" status signal• The speed value displayed is valid. • Value = 0: the speed value displayed is invalid.
42 n = 0 1 The safe speed is within the tolerance window parameterised with code C15310.
• Value = 0: n ≠ 0
43 Positive direction of movement
1 Status signal for showing the direction of movement• Value = 0: negative direction of movement
44 SD-Out1 1 Safe output 1 (feedback output) in the ON state.
45 Reserved
46 Reserved
47 Reserved
48-55 n safe, byte 0 Safe speed in min-1, byte 0
56-63 n safe, byte 1 Safe speed in min-1, byte 1
64-71 p safe, byte 0 Safe position in increments, byte 0
72-79 p safe, byte 1 Safe position in increments, byte 1
80-87 p safe, byte 2 Safe position in increments, byte 2
88-95 p safe, byte 3 Safe position in increments, byte 3
Bit Name Value Meaning
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 94
4 Safe parameter transfer
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
4 Safe parameter transfer
The functions for a safe parameter transfer are available in the Safe transfer dialog box.
The Safe transfer dialog box is opened via the Safe transfer button on the Safe configuration tab for the SM302 safety module.
By clicking the More >> button in the Safe transferdialog box, the functions for password management and general reset are displayed in addition.
Clicking the button now labelled with << Reducehides these functions again.
Note!
To execute the functions for a safe parameter transfer, you have to enter a device password!
When the memory module is used for the first time together with the safety module, the required password file for the safe parameter transfer is not yet available in the memory module and the error message "Reading of the password file failed" is displayed. In this case a general reset of the device is required!
With a general reset, the safe parameter set is deleted in the memory module and in the safety module and the required password file is created in the memory module. After this, the safety module must be re-parameterised. General reset of the device ( 98)
4 Safe parameter transfer4.1 Sending safe data
95 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
4.1 Sending safe data
After the SM302 safety module has been completely parameterised via the Safe configuration tab, the parameter set can be safely transmitted to the device using this function.
How to download the parameter set:
1. Unless there is an online connection, establish an online connection to the device.
2. Go to the Safe transfer dialog box and click Send.• A confirmation prompt appears asking whether the parameter is really to be
transmitted to the device.
3. Answer the confirmation prompt with Yes to continue the action.
If you are not yet registered as user, first the Password entry dialog box is displayed.
4. Enter the device password and confirm with OK.• Unless an individual password has been defined, enter the standard password which is
indicated in the manual for the safety module.• After the password has been entered, you are registered as user for a period of 30
minutes. Within this period, the password does not need to be entered again for calling a password-protected function if the online connection to the device remains established without any interruptions.
After the registration, the parameter set is transmitted to the device, and a status message displays whether the action was successful.
5. Confirm the status message with OK.
Note!
This function serves to overwrite the current parameter settings of the safety module with the settings in the »Engineer«!
Before the parameter set is transferred to the safety module, a plausibility check is always carried out. Only a plausible parameter set can be transferred to the safety module!
Before the safe parameter set is transferred, the module ID is checked. If the module ID defined in the parameter set does not correspond to the module ID saved in the safety module, a confirmation prompt appears in order to prevent an unintended change of the module ID through parameter setting.• If - after having checked the module IDs - you answer the confirmation prompt with
Yes, the module ID defined in the parameter set is stored in the non-volatile memory of the safety module.
• C15017 displays the module ID stored in the safety module at the last parameter set transfer.
• The module ID stored in the safety module also remains available after a general reset.
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 96
4 Safe parameter transfer4.2 Read safe data from device
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
4.2 Read safe data from device
How to upload the parameter set:
1. Unless there is an online connection, establish an online connection to the device.
2. Go to the Safe transfer dialog box and click Upload.• A confirmation prompt appears asking whether the parameter is really to be uploaded
from the device.
3. Answer the confirmation prompt with Yes to continue the action.
If you are not yet registered as user, first the Password entry dialog box is displayed.
4. Enter the device password and confirm with OK.• Unless an individual password has been defined, enter the standard password which is
indicated in the manual for the safety module.• After the password has been entered, you are registered as user for a period of 30
minutes. Within this period, the password does not need to be entered again for calling a password-protected function if the online connection to the device remains established without any interruptions.
After the registration, the parameter set is uploaded from the device, and a status message displays whether the action was successful.
5. Confirm the status message with OK.
Note!
After the parameter set has been transmitted, make a check of the item designation and a check/acceptance of the safety functions!
Detailed information on the check/acceptance can be found in the manual for the safety module in the "Acceptance" chapter.
Note!
This function serves to overwrite the parameter settings in the »Engineer« with the current settings of the safety module!
Only a valid parameter set can be read back from the safety module.
4 Safe parameter transfer4.3 Write parameter set into file
97 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
4.3 Write parameter set into file
How to write the parameter set into a file:
1. Go to the Safe transfer dialog box and click Write file.• The Safe parameter set dialog box is displayed.
2. Select the directory from the Save in list field, in which the file is to be saved.
3. Enter a file name into the File name input field.
4. Click the Save button.• The current parameter settings are saved in the selected parameter set file (*.bin) and
the Save parameter set dialog box is closed.• After this, a status message displays whether the action could be carried out
successfully.
5. Confirm the status message with OK.
4.4 Read parameter set out of file
How to read the parameter set out of the file:
1. Go to the Safe transfer dialog box and click Read file.• A confirmation prompt appears asking whether the data is really to be uploaded and the
parameter settings in the »Engineer« are to be overwritten.
2. Answer the confirmation prompt with Yes to continue the action.• The Read parameter set dialog box is displayed.
3. Select the directory which contains the file to be read from the Search in list field.
4. Enter the name of the file to be read in the File name input field.
5. Click Open.• The current parameter settings are overwritten with the settings of the selected
parameter set file (*.bin) and the Open parameter set dialog box is closed.• After this, a status message displays whether the action could be carried out
successfully.
6. Confirm the status message with OK.
Note!
This function serves to overwrite the parameter settings in the »Engineer« with the settings of the selected parameter set file (*.bin)!
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 98
4 Safe parameter transfer4.5 General reset of the device
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
4.5 General reset of the device
A general reset is, among other things, required for initialising the memory module if Servo Drives 9400 (with the memory module) is used together with an SM302 safety module for the first time.
How to execute a general reset of the device:
1. Unless there is an online connection, establish an online connection to the device.
2. Go to the advanced Safe transfer dialog box and click General reset.• The Standard password entry dialog box is displayed.
3. Enter the standard password and confirm with OK.• The default password is given in the manual for the safety module.
The general reset is executed and then a status message displays whether the action could be carried out successfully.
4. Confirm the status message with OK.
Note!
This function is used to reset safety data in the memory module.• The safety parameter set in the memory module and in the safety module is deleted.• The password file required for the safe parameter transfer is re-created in the memory
module. By this the individual device password defined before is reset to the standard password.
• Afterwards the safety module must be re-parameterised.• The module ID saved in the safety module is preserved.
4 Safe parameter transfer4.6 Password management
99 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
4.6 Password management
For a safe parameter transfer, the device password must be entered.
• For initial commissioning, use the standard password as the device password, which is given in the manual for the safety module.
• The Change Password function serves to define an individual device password.
Change password
This function serves to define an individual device password.
How to change the device password:
1. Unless there is an online connection, establish an online connection to the device.
2. Go to the advanced Safe transfer dialog box and enter the new password into the New Password input field.• The password must have at least 6 characters.
3. For verifying the new password re-enter it into the Verify Password input field.• Only if this input matches the input in the New Password input field, the password can
be changed.
4. Click the Change Password button.
If you are not yet registered as user, first the Password entry dialog box is displayed.
5. Enter the device password and confirm with OK.• Unless an individual password has been defined, enter the standard password which is
indicated in the manual for the safety module.
After log-on the password is changed and then a status message displays whether the action could be carried out successfully.
6. Confirm the status message with OK.
Note!
After the password has been entered, you are registered as user for a period of 30 minutes.• Within this period, the password does not need to be entered again for calling a
password-protected function if the online connection to the device remains established without any interruptions.
• The registration status is displayed at the bottom right side of the Safe transfer dialog box.
• Click the Logout User button to log out before the 30 minutes have elapsed.
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 100
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
5 Parameter reference
Tip!
For general information regarding parameters, please see the online documentation for Servo Drives 9400.
5.1 Parameter list
This chapter lists all parameters of the SM302 safety module in numerically ascending order.
Note!
This chapter supplements the parameter list and the table of attributes provided in the online documentation for Servo Drives 9400 by parameters of the SM302 safety module.
Note!
Parameter settings are only possible via the Safe configuration tab for the safety module!
Safe configuration ( 30)
Only read access is possible to the parameters of the safety module via the »Engineer« parameter list (All parameters SM302 safety module category) and the keypad!
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list | C15000
101 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15000
Parameter | Name:
C15000 | Status 1 safety functionsData type: BITFIELD_32
Index: 9575d = 2567h
Bit-coded status word 1 of the safety functions
Display range
0x00000000 0xFFFFFFFF
Value is bit-coded: Info
Bit 0 STO is active Safe torque off
Bit 1 SS1 active Safe stop 1
Bit 2 SS2 active Safe stop 2
Bit 3 SLS1 active Safely limited speed 1
Bit 4 SLS2 active Safely limited speed 2
Bit 5 SLS3 active Safely limited speed 3
Bit 6 SLS4 active Safely limited speed 4
Bit 7 SDIpos active Safe positive direction of movement
Bit 8 SDIneg active Safe negative direction of movement
Bit 9 ES active Safe enable switch
Bit 10 SLI active Safely limited increment
Bit 11 OMS Safe operation mode selector
Bit 12 SLP1 monitored Safely limited absolute position 1
Bit 13 SLP2 monitored Safely limited absolute position 2
Bit 14 SLP3 monitored Safely limited absolute position 3
Bit 15 SLP4 monitored Safely limited absolute position 4
Bit 16 SOS monitored Safe operating stop is monitored.
Bit 17 SLS1 monitored Safely limited speed 1 is monitored.
Bit 18 SLS2 monitored Safely limited speed 2 is monitored.
Bit 19 SLS3 monitored Safely limited speed 3 is monitored.
Bit 20 SLS4 monitored Safely limited speed 4 is monitored.
Bit 21 SDIpos monitored Safe positive direction of movement is monitored.
Bit 22 SDIneg monitored Safe negative direction of movement is monitored.
Bit 23 SSE active Emegency stop function
Bit 24 SD-In1 active Safe inputs
Bit 25 SD-In2 active Safe inputs
Bit 26 SD-In3 active Safe inputs
Bit 27 SD-In4 active Safe inputs
Bit 28 RMS active Repair mode
Bit 29 OMS active Safe operation mode selector
Bit 30 Reserved
Bit 31 Fault active
Read access Write access CINH PLC-STOP No transfer
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 102
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list | C15001
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15001
Parameter | Name:
C15001 | Status 2 safety functionsData type: BITFIELD_32
Index: 9574d = 2566h
Bit-coded status word 2 of the safety functions
Display range
0x00000000 0xFFFFFFFF
Value is bit-coded: Info
Bit 0 SREF active Safe referencing
Bit 1 SREF available Safe referencing
Bit 2 PDSSpos monitored Position-dependent safe speed
Bit 3 PDSSneg monitored Position-dependent safe speed
Bit 4 SCA1 within the limits Safe cam
Bit 5 SCA2 within the limits Safe cam
Bit 6 SCA3 within the limits Safe cam
Bit 7 SCA4 within the limits Safe cam
Bit 8 Reserved
Bit 9 Safe speed OK Validity status of the safe speed shown:• 1 = OK• 0 = error
Bit 10 n = 0 The safe speed is lower than the tolerance window (n = 0) parameterised in C15013.
Bit 11 Positive direction of movement Display of the current direction of rotation:• 1 = positive• 0 = negative
Bit 12 Reserved
Bit 13 Reserved
Bit 14 Reserved
Bit 15 Reserved
Bit 16 Reserved
Bit 17 Reserved
Bit 18 Reserved
Bit 19 Reserved
Bit 20 Reserved
Bit 21 SD-Out1
Bit 22 Reserved
Bit 23 Reserved
Bit 24 Reserved
Bit 25 Reserved
Bit 26 Reserved
Bit 27 Reserved
Bit 28 Level 1 slip monitoring Distance to the maximum slip limit (status bit is transferred to Servo Drives 9400 when the 2-encoder concept is applied):Level 1 = 25 %
Bit 29 Level 2 slip monitoring Distance to the maximum slip limit (status bit is transferred to Servo Drives 9400 when the 2-encoder concept is applied):Level 2 = 50 %
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list | C15003
103 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15003
Bit 30 Level 3 slip monitoring Distance to the maximum slip limit (status bit is transferred to Servo Drives 9400 when the 2-encoder concept is applied):Level 3 = 75 %
Bit 31 Reserved
Read access Write access CINH PLC-STOP No transfer
Parameter | Name:
C15001 | Status 2 safety functionsData type: BITFIELD_32
Index: 9574d = 2566h
Parameter | Name:
C15003 | Command statusData type: UNSIGNED_16
Index: 9572d = 2564h
Status of the current command• The command is repeated in the high byte.• In the low byte the status is displayed:
0x00: No command 0x01: Command executed 0x02: Password invalid 0x03: Command in process 0x04: Command not known 0x05: Command error
Display range (min. value | unit | max. value)
0 2309
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15010 | Parameter set statusData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9565d = 255Dh
Status of the parameter set
Selection list (read only)
0 No parameter set
1 Parameter set valid
2 Read error - memory module
3 Unequal parameter set
4 CRC error
5 Version error
6 Format error
7 Plausibility error
8 Assignment error
9 Local read error
10 GG communication error
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 104
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list | C15011
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15011
C15013
C15014
C15015
C15016
Parameter | Name:
C15011 | Parameter CRCData type: UNSIGNED_32
Index: 9564d = 255Ch
Parameter checksum (CRC = Cyclic Redundancy Code)
Display range (min. value | unit | max. value)
0 4294967295
Subcodes Info
C15011/1 CRC safety module
C15011/2 CRC memory module
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15013 | Parameter set creation timeData type: UNSIGNED_64
Index: 9562d = 255Ah
Time of parameter set creation
Display range (min. value | unit | max. value)
0 18446744073709551615
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15014 | Time of RTC parameter settingData type: VISIBLE_STRING
Index: 9561d = 2559h
Time of acceptance of the parameter set from the memory module as value of the real-time clock (RTC).
Read access Write access CINH PLC-STOP No transfer
Parameter | Name:
C15015 | Time of sec. parameter settingData type: UNSIGNED_32
Index: 9560d = 2558h
Time of acceptance of the parameter set from the memory module as value of the power-on time meter from the controller.
Display range (min. value | unit | max. value)
0 s 4294967295
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15016 | Parameter set versionData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9559d = 2557h
Display of the parameter set version available in the safety module.
Selection list (read only) Info
0 No current parameter set
21 Parameter set SM302 V0.6
22 Parameter set SM302 V0.7
23 Parameter set SM302 V0.8
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list | C15017
105 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15017
C15030
C15031
Parameter | Name:
C15017 | Stored module IDData type: UNSIGNED_16
Index: 9558d = 2556h
Display range (min. value | unit | max. value)
0 65535
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15030 | SD-In sensor typeData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9545d = 2549h
Configuration of sensor types which are connected to the safe inputs.Safe inputs
Selection list
0 Input deactivated
1 Passive sensor
2 Active sensor
Subcodes Lenze setting Info
C15030/1 0: Input is deactivated SD-In1 sensor type
C15030/2 0: Input is deactivated SD-In2 sensor type
C15030/3 0: Input is deactivated SD-In3 sensor type
C15030/4 0: Input is deactivated SD-In4 sensor type
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15031 | SD-In sensor functionData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9544d = 2548h
Function configuration of the safe inputs.• The "operation mode selector" and "enable switch" functions each may only be assigned to one of the four safe
inputs.Safe inputs
Selection list Info
0 Free assignment Safety function set in C15032.
1 Emergency stop Emergency stop function (SSE)
2 Operation mode selector Safe operation mode selector (OMS)
3 Enable switch Safe enable switch (ES)
4 Ref-In Safe enable switch (ES)
6 PDSS-Diag-In Position-dependent safe speed
7 Repair mode select (RMS) Repair mode
Subcodes Lenze setting Info
C15031/1 0: Free assignment SD-In1 sensor function
C15031/2 0: Free assignment SD-In2 sensor function
C15031/3 0: Free assignment SD-In3 sensor function
C15031/4 0: Free assignment SD-In4 sensor function
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 106
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list | C15032
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15032
C15033
Parameter | Name:
C15032 | SD-In free assignmentData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9543d = 2547h
Assignment of a safety function to a safe input.• Only possible if the sensor function "Free assignment" is set for the safe input in C15031.
Safe inputs
Selection list Info
0 STO Safe torque off
1 SS1 Safe stop 1
2 SS2 Safe stop 2
3 SLS1 Safely limited speed 1
4 SLS2 Safely limited speed 2
5 SLS3 Safely limited speed 3
6 SLS4 Safely limited speed 4
7 SDIpos Safe positive direction of movement
8 SDIneg Safe negative direction of movement
9 No response No (local) safety function assigned.• Function test and monitoring of the discrepancy time
are active.• The status of the input is transferred to the control via
the safety bus (if parameterised).
10 SLI Safely limited increment
12 SLP1 Safely limited absolute position 1
13 SLP2 Safely limited absolute position 2
14 SLP3 Safely limited absolute position 3
15 SLP4 Safely limited absolute position 4
16 PDSS Position-dependent safe speed
Subcodes Lenze setting Info
C15032/1 0: STO SD-In1 free assignment
C15032/2 0: STO SD-In2 free assignment
C15032/3 0: STO SD-In3 free assignment
C15032/4 0: STO SD-In4 free assignment
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15033 | SD-In discrepancy timeData type: UNSIGNED_16
Index: 9542d = 2546h
Maximum time for which both channels of a safe input may have non-equivalent states without the safety system detecting an error.
Safe inputs
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value)
0 ms 30000
Subcodes Lenze setting Info
C15033/1 10 ms SD-In1 discrepancy time
C15033/2 10 ms SD-In2 discrepancy time
C15033/3 10 ms SD-In3 discrepancy time
C15033/4 10 ms SD-In4 discrepancy time
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list | C15034
107 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15034
C15035
C15036
Parameter | Name:
C15034 | SD-In input delayData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9541d = 2545h
Time between the recognition of the signal change and the effective evaluation of an input signal. As a result, multiple and short signal changes due to contact bounce of the components are not taken into account.
Safe inputs
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value)
0 ms 100
Subcodes Lenze setting Info
C15034/1 0 ms SD-In1 input delay
C15034/2 0 ms SD-In2 input delay
C15034/3 0 ms SD-In3 input delay
C15034/4 0 ms SD-In4 input delay
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15035 | CAS: CascadingData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9540d = 2544h
Activation of cascading function.Application of SD-In4 as cascading input and SD-Out1 as cascading output.
Safe cascading
Selection list (Lenze setting printed in bold)
0 No cascading
4 Cascading with SD-In4
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15036 | CAS: Stop delayData type: UNSIGNED_16
Index: 9539d = 2543h
Delay between setting and receiving the stop signal via cascading.Safe cascading
Display range (min. value | unit | max. value)
0 ms 65535
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 108
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list | C15040
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15040
Parameter | Name:
C15040 | Input imageData type: BITFIELD_32
Index: 9535d = 253Fh
Input image of the external module inputs of the safety module, displayed according to channels.
Display range
0x00000000 0xFFFFFFFF
Value is bit-coded: Info
Bit 0 SD-In1 channel A Safe inputs
Bit 1 SD-In1 channel B Safe inputs
Bit 2 SD-In2 channel A Safe inputs
Bit 3 SD-In2 channel B Safe inputs
Bit 4 SD-In3 channel A Safe inputs
Bit 5 SD-In3 channel B Safe inputs
Bit 6 SD-In4 channel A Safe inputs
Bit 7 SD-In4 channel B Safe inputs
Bit 8 Reserved
Bit 9 Reserved
Bit 10 Reserved
Bit 11 Reserved
Bit 12 Reserved
Bit 13 Reserved
Bit 14 Reserved
Bit 15 Reserved
Bit 16 AIE AIE input (error acknowledgement)
Bit 17 AIS AIS input (restart acknowledgement)
Bit 18 Module switch Module switch in housing front (acception of parameter set)
Bit 19 Reserved
Bit 20 Reserved
Bit 21 Reserved
Bit 22 Reserved
Bit 23 Reserved
Bit 24 Reserved
Bit 25 Reserved
Bit 26 Reserved
Bit 27 Reserved
Bit 28 Reserved
Bit 29 Reserved
Bit 30 Reserved
Bit 31 Reserved
Read access Write access CINH PLC-STOP No transfer
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list | C15051
109 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15051
Parameter | Name:
C15051 | SD-Out switching conditionData type: BITFIELD_32
Index: 9524d = 2534h
Bit-coded selection of the conditions for switching the safe output.Safe output
Setting range
0x00000000 0xFFFFFFFF
Value is bit-coded: ( = bit set) Info
Bit 0 STO is active Safe torque off
Bit 1 STO active - neg. logic Safe torque off
Bit 2 SS1 active Safe stop 1
Bit 3 SS1 active - neg. logic Safe stop 1
Bit 4 SS2 active Safe stop 2
Bit 5 SS2 active - neg. logic Safe stop 2
Bit 6 SLS1 active Safely limited speed 1
Bit 7 SLS1 active - neg. logic Safely limited speed 1
Bit 8 SLS2 active Safely limited speed 2
Bit 9 SLS2 active - neg. logic Safely limited speed 2
Bit 10 SLS3 active Safely limited speed 3
Bit 11 SLS3 active - neg. logic Safely limited speed 3
Bit 12 SLS4 active Safely limited speed 4
Bit 13 SLS4 active - neg. logic Safely limited speed 4
Bit 14 SDIpos active Safe positive direction of movement
Bit 15 SDIpos active - neg. logic Safe positive direction of movement
Bit 16 SDIneg active Safe negative direction of movement
Bit 17 SDIneg active - neg. logic Safe negative direction of movement
Bit 18 ES active Safe enable switch
Bit 19 ES active - neg. logic Safe enable switch
Bit 20 SLI active Safely limited increment
Bit 21 SLI active - neg. logic Safely limited increment
Bit 22 OMS Safe operation mode selector
Bit 23 OMS neg. logic Safe operation mode selector
Bit 24 SLP1 monitored Safely limited absolute position 1
Bit 25 SLP1 monitored neg. logic Safely limited absolute position 1
Bit 26 SLP2 monitored Safely limited absolute position 2
Bit 27 SLP2 monitored neg. logic Safely limited absolute position 2
Bit 28 SLP3 monitored Safely limited absolute position 3
Bit 29 SLP3 monitored neg. logic Safely limited absolute position 3
Bit 30 SLP4 monitored Safely limited absolute position 4
Bit 31 SLP4 monitored neg. logic Safely limited absolute position 4
Subcodes Lenze setting Info
C15051/1 0x00000000 SD-Out1 switching condition
Read access Write access CINH PLC-STOP No transfer
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 110
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list | C15052
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15052
Parameter | Name:
C15052 | SD-Out switching conditionData type: BITFIELD_32
Index: 9523d = 2533h
Bit-coded selection of the conditions for switching the safe output.Safe output
Setting range
0x00000000 0xFFFFFFFF
Value is bit-coded: ( = bit set) Info
Bit 0 SOS monitored Safe operating stop is monitored.
Bit 1 SOS monitored - neg. logic Safe operating stop is not monitored.
Bit 2 SLS1 monitored Safely limited speed 1
Bit 3 SLS1 monitored - neg. logic Safely limited speed 1
Bit 4 SLS2 monitored Safely limited speed 2
Bit 5 SLS2 monitored - neg. logic Safely limited speed 2
Bit 6 SLS3 monitored Safely limited speed 3
Bit 7 SLS3 monitored - neg. logic Safely limited speed 3
Bit 8 SLS4 monitored Safely limited speed 4
Bit 9 SLS4 monitored - neg. logic Safely limited speed 4
Bit 10 SDIpos monitored Safe direction
Bit 11 SDIpos monitored - neg. logic Safe direction
Bit 12 SDIneg monitored Safe direction
Bit 13 SDIneg monitored - neg. logic Safe direction
Bit 14 SSE active Emegency stop function
Bit 15 SSE active - neg. logic Emegency stop function
Bit 16 SD-In1 active Safe inputs
Bit 17 SD-In1 active - neg. logic Safe inputs
Bit 18 SD-In2 active Safe inputs
Bit 19 SD-In2 active - neg. logic Safe inputs
Bit 20 SD-In3 active Safe inputs
Bit 21 SD-In3 active - neg. logic Safe inputs
Bit 22 SD-In4 active Safe inputs
Bit 23 SD-In4 active - neg. logic Safe inputs
Bit 24 RMS active Repair mode
Bit 25 RMS active - neg. logic Repair mode
Bit 26 OMS active Safe operation mode selector
Bit 27 OMS active - neg. logic Safe operation mode selector
Bit 28 Reserved
Bit 29 Reserved
Bit 30 Fault active
Bit 31 Error active - neg. logic
Subcodes Lenze setting Info
C15052/1 0x00000000 SD-Out1 switching condition
Read access Write access CINH PLC-STOP No transfer
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list | C15053
111 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15053
Parameter | Name:
C15053 | SD-Out switching conditionData type: BITFIELD_32
Index: 9522d = 2532h
Bit-coded selection of the conditions for switching the safe output.Safe output
Setting range
0x00000000 0xFFFFFFFF
Value is bit-coded: ( = bit set) Info
Bit 0 SREF active Safe referencing
Bit 1 SREF active - neg. logic Safe referencing
Bit 2 SREF available Safe referencing
Bit 3 SREF available - neg. logic Safe referencing
Bit 4 PDSSpos monitored Position-dependent safe speed
Bit 5 PDSSpos monitored - neg. logic Position-dependent safe speed
Bit 6 PDSSneg monitored Position-dependent safe speed
Bit 7 PDSSneg monitored - neg. logic Position-dependent safe speed
Bit 8 SCA1 within the limits Safe cam
Bit 9 SCA1 within the limits - neg. logic Safe cam
Bit 10 SCA2 within the limits Safe cam
Bit 11 SCA2 within the limits - neg. logic Safe cam
Bit 12 SCA3 within the limits Safe cam
Bit 13 SCA3 within the limits - neg. logic Safe cam
Bit 14 SCA4 within the limits Safe cam
Bit 15 SCA4 within the limits - neg. logic Safe cam
Bit 16 Reserved
Bit 17 Reserved
Bit 18 Reserved
Bit 19 Reserved
Bit 20 n = 0
Bit 21 n=0 neg. logic
Bit 22 Positive direction
Bit 23 Positive direction - neg. logic
Bit 24 Reserved
Bit 25 Reserved
Bit 26 Reserved
Bit 27 Reserved
Bit 28 Reserved
Bit 29 Reserved
Bit 30 Reserved
Bit 31 Reserved
Subcodes Lenze setting Info
C15053/1 0x00000000 SD-Out1 switching condition
Read access Write access CINH PLC-STOP No transfer
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 112
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list | C15055
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15055
C15060
Parameter | Name:
C15055 | SD-Out logic functionData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9520d = 2530h
Selection of the logic operation for the switching conditions to be evaluated.Safe output
Selection list
0 OR
1 AND
Subcodes Lenze setting Info
C15055/1 0: OR SD-Out1 logic function
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15060 | Output imageData type: BITFIELD_16
Index: 9515d = 252Bh
Output image of the feedbacks from the safety module, displayed according to channels.
Display range
0x0000 0xFFFF
Value is bit-coded: Info
Bit 0 SD-Out1 channel A Safe output
Bit 1 SD-Out1 channel B Safe output
Bit 2 Reserved
Bit 3 Reserved
Bit 4 Reserved
Bit 5 Reserved
Bit 6 Reserved
Bit 7 Reserved
Bit 8 Reserved
Bit 9 Reserved
Bit 10 Reserved
Bit 11 Reserved
Bit 12 Reserved
Bit 13 Reserved
Bit 14 Reserved
Bit 15 Reserved
Read access Write access CINH PLC-STOP No transfer
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list | C15100
113 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15100
C15101
C15111
C15112
Parameter | Name:
C15100 | S bus: ConfigurationData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9475d = 2503h
Configuration of safe bus system.Safety bus
Selection list (Lenze setting printed in bold) Info
0 No safety bus
4 PROFIsafe / PROFINET 8 words
10 FSoE / EtherCAT
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15101 | Current DIP switch displayData type: UNSIGNED_16
Index: 9474d = 2502h
Display of DIP switch settings (safety address) on safety module.Safety address
Display range (min. value | unit | max. value)
0 1023
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15111 | Safety addressData type: UNSIGNED_16
Index: 9464d = 24F8h
Safety address in the safety module.Safety address
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Lenze setting
0 65534 0
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15112 | Effective safety addressData type: UNSIGNED_16
Index: 9463d = 24F7h
Safety address in the safety module effectively used.Safety address
Display range (min. value | unit | max. value)
1 65534
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 114
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list | C15113
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15113
Parameter | Name:
C15113 | S bus: Filter control dataData type: BITFIELD_32
Index: 9462d = 24F6h
Bit-coded selection of the active bits in the safety bus control dataSafety bus
Setting range Lenze setting
0x00000000 0xFFFFFFFF 0x01FBFFFF (decimal: 33292287)
Value is bit-coded: ( = bit set) Info
Bit 0 STO Safe torque off
Bit 1 SS1 Safe stop 1
Bit 2 SS2 Safe stop 2
Bit 3 SLS1 Safely limited speed 1
Bit 4 SLS2 Safely limited speed 2
Bit 5 SLS3 Safely limited speed 3
Bit 6 SLS4 Safely limited speed 4
Bit 7 SDIpos Safe positive direction of movement
Bit 8 SDIneg Safe negative direction of movement
Bit 9 ES Safe enable switch
Bit 10 SLI Safely limited increment
Bit 11 OMS Safe operation mode selector
Bit 12 SLP1 Safely limited position 1
Bit 13 SLP2 Safely limited position 2
Bit 14 SLP3 Safely limited position 3
Bit 15 SLP4 Safely limited position 4
Bit 16 AIS Restart acknowledgement via safety bus
Bit 17 AIE Error acknowledgement via safety bus
Bit 18 Reserved
Bit 19 RMS Repair mode
Bit 20 SREF Start Safe referencing
Bit 21 SREF Load Safe referencing
Bit 22 PDSS Position-dependent speed
Bit 23 SSE Emegency stop function
Bit 24 SD-Out1 Safe output
Bit 25 Reserved
Bit 26 Reserved
Bit 27 Reserved
Bit 28 Reserved
Bit 29 Reserved
Bit 30 Reserved
Bit 31 Reserved
Read access Write access CINH PLC-STOP No transfer
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list | C15115
115 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15115
Parameter | Name:
C15115 | S bus: Control data displayData type: BITFIELD_32
Index: 9460d = 24F4h
Display of the safety bus control data after being filtered via C15113.Safety bus
Display range
0x00000000 0xFFFFFFFF
Value is bit-coded: Info
Bit 0 STO Safe torque off
Bit 1 SS1 Safe stop 1
Bit 2 SS2 Safe stop 2
Bit 3 SLS1 Safely limited speed 1
Bit 4 SLS2 Safely limited speed 2
Bit 5 SLS3 Safely limited speed 3
Bit 6 SLS4 Safely limited speed 4
Bit 7 SDIpos Safe positive direction of movement
Bit 8 SDIneg Safe negative direction of movement
Bit 9 ES Safe enable switch
Bit 10 SLI Safely limited increment
Bit 11 OMS Safe operation mode selector
Bit 12 SLP1 Safely limited position 1
Bit 13 SLP2 Safely limited position 2
Bit 14 SLP3 Safely limited position 3
Bit 15 SLP4 Safely limited position 4
Bit 16 AIS Restart acknowledgement via safety bus
Bit 17 AIE Error acknowledgement via safety bus
Bit 18 Reserved
Bit 19 RMS Repair mode
Bit 20 SREF Start Safe referencing
Bit 21 SREF Load Safe referencing
Bit 22 PDSS Position-dependent speed
Bit 23 SSE Emegency stop function
Bit 24 SD-Out1 Safe output
Bit 25 Reserved
Bit 26 Reserved
Bit 27 Reserved
Bit 28 Reserved
Bit 29 Reserved
Bit 30 Reserved
Bit 31 Reserved
Read access Write access CINH PLC-STOP No transfer
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 116
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list | C15120
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15120
C15121
C15122
C15123
C15124
Parameter | Name:
C15120 | FSoE Slave CommandData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9455d = 24EFh
Display range (min. value | unit | max. value)
0 255
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15121 | FSoE Slave Connection IDData type: UNSIGNED_16
Index: 9454d = 24EEh
Display range (min. value | unit | max. value)
0 65535
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15122 | FSoE Slave CRCData type: UNSIGNED_16
Index: 9453d = 24EDh
Display range (min. value | unit | max. value)
0 65535
Subcodes Info
C15122/1 FSoE Slave CRC_0
C15122/2 FSoE Slave CRC_1
C15122/3 FSoE Slave CRC_2
C15122/4 FSoE Slave CRC_3
C15122/5 FSoE Slave CRC_4
C15122/6 FSoE Slave CRC_5
C15122/7 FSoE Slave CRC_6
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15123 | FSoE Master CommandData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9452d = 24ECh
Display range (min. value | unit | max. value)
0 255
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15124 | FSoE Master Connection IDData type: UNSIGNED_16
Index: 9451d = 24EBh
Display range (min. value | unit | max. value)
0 65535
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list | C15125
117 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15125
C15126
C15127
C15128
C15129
C15130
Parameter | Name:
C15125 | FSoE Master CRCData type: UNSIGNED_16
Index: 9450d = 24EAh
Display range (min. value | unit | max. value)
0 65535
Subcodes Info
C15125/1 FSoE Master CRC_0
C15125/2 FSoE Master CRC_1
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15126 | FSoE VersionData type: VISIBLE_STRING
Index: 9449d = 24E9h
Read access Write access CINH PLC-STOP No transfer
Parameter | Name:
C15127 | FSoE Watchdog TimeData type: UNSIGNED_16
Index: 9448d = 24E8h
Display range (min. value | unit | max. value)
30 ms 5000
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15128 | FSoE Connection TypeData type: UNSIGNED_16
Index: 9447d = 24E7h
Selection list (read only) Info
0 Master Connection
1 Slave Connection A slave connection is possible only.
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15129 | FSoE Com Parameter LengthData type: UNSIGNED_16
Index: 9446d = 24E6h
Display range (min. value | unit | max. value)
2 2
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15130 | FSoE Appl Parameter LengthData type: UNSIGNED_16
Index: 9445d = 24E5h
Display of the supported FSoE application parameters with the length "0".No application parameters are supported.
Display range (min. value | unit | max. value)
0 0
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 118
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list | C15135
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15135
C15140
C15141
C15200
C15201
Parameter | Name:
C15135 | FSoE Connection StateData type: UNSIGNED_16
Index: 9440d = 24E0h
Selection list (read only) Info
0 Reset
1 Session
2 Connection
3 Parameter
4 Data
5 Failsafe
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15140 | S bus control bitsData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9435d = 24DBh
This code is used device-internally and must not be written by the user side!
Parameter | Name:
C15141 | status bitsData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9434d = 24DAh
This code is used device-internally and must not be written by the user side!
Parameter | Name:
C15200 | OMS: Stop functionData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9375d = 249Fh
Selection of the stop function during special operationOperation mode selection
Selection list (Lenze setting printed in bold) Info
0 STO Safe torque off
1 SS1 Safe stop 1
2 SS2 Safe stop 2
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15201 | OMS: Motion functionData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9374d = 249Eh
Selection of the motion function during special operationOperation mode selection
Selection list (Lenze setting printed in bold) Info
3 SLS1 Safely limited speed 1
4 SLS2 Safely limited speed 2
5 SLS3 Safely limited speed 3
6 SLS4 Safely limited speed 4
11 Free traversing
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list | C15202
119 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15202
C15203
C15204
C15205
Parameter | Name:
C15202 | OMS: OMS: Function at LOW levelData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9373d = 249Dh
Danger!If the operation mode selector is implemented via a safe input, the operating mode for the LOW level must be selected carefully. According to the closed-circuit principle, there must not arise any additional danger from normal or special operation in the corresponding application.For detailed information, please see the manual for the safety module.
Safe operation mode selector
Selection list (Lenze setting printed in bold) Info
0 Normal operation Operation mode selection
1 Special operation
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15203 | SLI: increment in special operationData type: UNSIGNED_32
Index: 9372d = 249Ch
Number of increments for safely limited increment.• Value "0" deactivates the SLI function.
Operation mode selection
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Lenze setting
0 Incr. 2147483647 1 inc.
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15204 | SLI: maximum change in positionData type: UNSIGNED_32
Index: 9371d = 249Bh
Value of the maximum position change while SLI has been active.Operation mode selection
Display range (min. value | unit | max. value)
0 Incr. 2147483647
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15205 | SSE: Emergency stop functionData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9370d = 249Ah
Selection of the stop function for emergency stop.Emergency stop function (SSE)
Selection list (Lenze setting printed in bold) Info
0 STO Safe torque off
1 SS1 Safe stop 1
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 120
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list | C15210
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15210
C15300
C15305
C15306
Parameter | Name:
C15210 | RMS: stop functionData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9365d = 2495h
Selection list (Lenze setting printed in bold) Info
0 STO
1 SS1
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15300 | Restart behaviourData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9275d = 243Bh
Setting of the restart behaviour after deactivation of the STO, SS1, SS2 and SOS standstill function.Safe stop
Selection list
0 Acknowledged restart
1 Automatic restart
Subcodes Lenze setting Info
C15300/1 0: Acknowledged restart Restart - STO, SS1
C15300/2 0: Acknowledged restart Restart - SS2, SOS
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15305 | SS1, SS2: Stopping timeData type: UNSIGNED_16
Index: 9270d = 2436h
Stopping time for the SS1 and SS2 safety functions.Safe stop
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Lenze setting
0 ms 30000 0 ms
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15306 | SS1 modeData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9269d = 2435h
Selection whether STO is already activated after reaching n=0 when SS1 is executed or only after the parameterised stopping time.
Safe stop 1 (SS1)
Selection list (Lenze setting printed in bold)
0 STO after stopping time
1 STO at n=0
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list | C15307
121 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15307
C15308
C15310
C15311
C15312
Parameter | Name:
C15307 | SS1: delay of STO after n=0Data type: UNSIGNED_16
Index: 9268d = 2434h
Delay time after detection of n=0 until activation of STO.• Only relevant if "SS1 mode" = "STO with n=0" and operation with encoder system.
Safe stop 1 (SS1)
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Lenze setting
0 ms 30000 0 ms
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15308 | SS2 modeData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9267d = 2433h
Selection whether SOS is already activated after reaching n=0 when SS2 is executed or only after the parameterised stopping time.
Safe stop 2 (SS2)
Selection list (Lenze setting printed in bold)
0 SOS after stopping time
1 SOS ati n=0
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15310 | Tolerance window (n=0)Data type: UNSIGNED_16
Index: 9265d = 2431h
Tolerance window for zero speed.Safe stop
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Lenze setting
0 rpm 16000 0 rpm
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15311 | SOS: Tolerance window (Delta p=0)Data type: UNSIGNED_32
Index: 9264d = 2430h
Safely monitored tolerance margin for zero position change.Safe stop
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Lenze setting
0 Incr. 327680 0 incr.
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15312 | SOS: Maximum position changeData type: UNSIGNED_32
Index: 9263d = 242Fh
Value of the maximum position change while SOS has been active.Safe stop
Display range (min. value | unit | max. value)
0 Incr. 2147483647
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 122
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list | C15315
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15315
C15316
C15317
C15318
C15319
Parameter | Name:
C15315 | SS1, SS2: Ramp monitoringData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9260d = 242Ch
Selection for whether the deceleration ramp is to be monitored when SS1 and SS2 are executed.Safe stop
Selection list (Lenze setting printed in bold) Info
0 No ramp monitoring
1 Ramp monitoring activated
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15316 | SS1, SS2: Ramp - S-ramp timeData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9259d = 242Bh
S-ramp time of the deceleration ramp for SS1 and SS2 if no linear ramp is used.Safe stop
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Lenze setting
0 % 100 0 %
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15317 | SS1, SS2: rel start offset rampData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9258d = 242Ah
Speed offset for the start of ramp monitoring.Safe stop
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Lenze setting
0 % 100 0 %
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15318 | SS1, SS2: abs start offset rampData type: UNSIGNED_16
Index: 9257d = 2429h
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Lenze setting
0 rpm 16000 0 rpm
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15319 | SS1, SS2: ramp offset modeData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9256d = 2428h
Selection list (Lenze setting printed in bold) Info
0 Relative
1 Absolute
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list | C15320
123 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15320
C15321
C15325
C15330
Parameter | Name:
C15320 | SMS: Maximum speed NmaxData type: UNSIGNED_16
Index: 9255d = 2427h
Activation of the SMS function and selection of the maximum speed.• The setting Nmax = 0 deactivates the function.
Safe maximum speed (SMS)
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Lenze setting
0 rpm 16000 1 rpm
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15321 | SMS: Reaction (n>Nmax)Data type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9254d = 2426h
Reaction to exceeding the set maximum speed Nmax.Safe maximum speed (SMS)
Selection list (Lenze setting printed in bold) Info
0 STO Safe torque off
1 SS1 Safe stop 1
2 SS2 Safe stop 2
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15325 | SLI: increment in normal operationData type: UNSIGNED_32
Index: 9250d = 2422h
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Lenze setting
0 Incr. 2147483647 1 inc.
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15330 | SLS: Limited speed NlimData type: UNSIGNED_16
Index: 9245d = 241Dh
Setting of the safely limited speed.Safely limited speed (SLS)
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value)
0 rpm 16000
Subcodes Lenze setting Info
C15330/1 0 rpm SLS1: Limited speed Nlim1
C15330/2 0 rpm SLS2: limited speed Nlim2
C15330/3 0 rpm SLS3: limited speed Nlim3
C15330/4 0 rpm SLS4: limited speed Nlim4
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 124
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list | C15331
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15331
C15332
C15333
Parameter | Name:
C15331 | SLS: Braking time NlimData type: UNSIGNED_16
Index: 9244d = 241Ch
Safely monitored time for braking the drive below the limited speed set in C15330.Safely limited speed (SLS)
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value)
0 ms 30000
Subcodes Lenze setting Info
C15331/1 0 ms SLS1: Braking time Nlim1
C15331/2 0 ms SLS2: braking time Nlim2
C15331/3 0 ms SLS3: braking time Nlim3
C15331/4 0 ms SLS4: braking time Nlim4
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15332 | SLS: Reaction (n>Nlim)Data type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9243d = 241Bh
Response carried out in the safety module when the limited speed is exceeded.Safely limited speed (SLS)
Selection list Info
0 STO Safe torque off
1 SS1 Safe stop 1
2 SS2 Safe stop 2
Subcodes Lenze setting Info
C15332/1 1: SS1 SLS1: Response (n>Nlim1)
C15332/2 1: SS1 SLS2: response (n>Nlim2)
C15332/3 1: SS1 SLS3: response (n>Nlim3)
C15332/4 1: SS1 SLS4: response (n>Nlim4)
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15333 | SLS: Permissible direction of movementData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9242d = 241Ah
Permissible direction of movement when monitoring SLS.Safely limited speed (SLS)
Selection list
0 Both directions enabled
1 Positive direction enabled
2 Negative direction enabled
Subcodes Lenze setting Info
C15333/1 0: Both directions enabled SLS1: Permissible direction of movement
C15333/2 0: Both directions enabled SLS2: Permissible direction of movement
C15333/3 0: Both directions enabled SLS3: Permissible direction of movement
C15333/4 0: Both directions enabled SLS4: Permissible direction of movement
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list | C15340
125 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15340
C15341
C15342
C15343
Parameter | Name:
C15340 | SDI: Normal operation monitoringData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9235d = 2413h
Setting of the direction monitoring of the motor during normal operation.Safe direction (SDI)
Selection list (Lenze setting printed in bold)
0 Both directions enabled
1 Positive direction enabled
2 Negative direction enabled
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15341 | SDI: Delay timeData type: UNSIGNED_16
Index: 9234d = 2412h
Safely monitored time from activation up to switching on of the SDIpos/SDIneg monitoring.Safe direction (SDI)
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Lenze setting
0 ms 30000 0 ms
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15342 | SDI: Tolerance thresholdData type: UNSIGNED_32
Index: 9233d = 2411h
Setting of the tolerance threshold by how many increments the motor may move in the direction locked by SDI.Safe direction (SDI)
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Lenze setting
0 Incr. 327680 0 incr.
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15343 | SDI: Error responseData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9232d = 2410h
Response to a violation of the permissible direction of movement of the motor.Safe direction (SDI)
Selection list (Lenze setting printed in bold) Info
0 STO Safe torque off
1 SS1 Safe stop 1
2 SS2 Safe stop 2
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 126
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list | C15344
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15344
C15350
C15360
C15361
Parameter | Name:
C15344 | SDI: Maximum position changeData type: UNSIGNED_32
Index: 9231d = 240Fh
Maximum position change in the locked direction when SDI is active.Safe direction (SDI)
Display range (min. value | unit | max. value)
0 Incr. 2147483647
Subcodes Info
C15344/1 SDIpos: Maximum position change
C15344/2 SDIneg: Maximum position change
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15350 | SLS, SMS: Max. response timeData type: UNSIGNED_16
Index: 9225d = 2409h
Maximum time after a speed exceedance has been detected, after which the speed has to fall below the limit.Safely limited speed (SLS)
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Lenze setting
0 ms 30000 5000 ms
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15360 | SLP: lower position limitData type: UNSIGNED_32
Index: 9215d = 23FFh
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value)
0 Incr. 4294967295
Subcodes Lenze setting Info
C15360/1 0 incr. SLP1: Lower position limit
C15360/2 0 incr. SLP2: Lower position limit
C15360/3 0 incr. SLP3: Lower position limit
C15360/4 0 incr. SLP4: Lower position limit
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15361 | SLP: upper position limitData type: UNSIGNED_32
Index: 9214d = 23FEh
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value)
0 Incr. 4294967295
Subcodes Lenze setting Info
C15361/1 0 incr. SLP1: upper position limit
C15361/2 0 incr. SLP2: upper position limit
C15361/3 0 incr. SLP3: upper position limit
C15361/4 0 incr. SLP4: upper position limit
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list | C15362
127 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15362
C15365
C15366
C15370
Parameter | Name:
C15362 | SLP: error responseData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9213d = 23FDh
Selection list Info
0 STO
1 SS1
2 SS2
Subcodes Lenze setting Info
C15362/1 1: SS1 SLP1: error response
C15362/2 1: SS1 SLP2: error response
C15362/3 1: SS1 SLP3: error response
C15362/4 1: SS1 SLP4: error response
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15365 | SCA: lower position limitData type: UNSIGNED_32
Index: 9210d = 23FAh
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value)
0 Incr. 4294967295
Subcodes Lenze setting Info
C15365/1 0 incr. SCA1: lower position limit
C15365/2 0 incr. SCA2: lower position limit
C15365/3 0 incr. SCA3: lower position limit
C15365/4 0 incr. SCA4: lower position limit
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15366 | SCA: upper position limitData type: UNSIGNED_32
Index: 9209d = 23F9h
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value)
0 Incr. 4294967295
Subcodes Lenze setting Info
C15366/1 0 incr. SCA1: upper position limit
C15366/2 0 incr. SCA2: upper position limit
C15366/3 0 incr. SCA3: upper position limit
C15366/4 0 incr. SCA4: upper position limit
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15370 | PDSS: lower position limitData type: UNSIGNED_32
Index: 9205d = 23F5h
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Lenze setting
0 Incr. 4294967295 0 incr.
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 128
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list | C15371
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15371
C15372
C15373
C15374
C15375
C15376
Parameter | Name:
C15371 | PDSS: upper position limitData type: UNSIGNED_32
Index: 9204d = 23F4h
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Lenze setting
0 Incr. 4294967295 0 incr.
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15372 | PDSS: lower SCS limitData type: UNSIGNED_32
Index: 9203d = 23F3h
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Lenze setting
0 Incr. 4294967295 0 incr.
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15373 | PDSS: upper SCS limitData type: UNSIGNED_32
Index: 9202d = 23F2h
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Lenze setting
0 Incr. 4294967295 0 incr.
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15374 | PDSS: SCS from the lower limitData type: UNSIGNED_16
Index: 9201d = 23F1h
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Lenze setting
0 rpm 16000 0 rpm
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15375 | PDSS: SCS from the upper limitData type: UNSIGNED_16
Index: 9200d = 23F0h
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Lenze setting
0 rpm 16000 0 rpm
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15376 | PDSS: max. speedData type: UNSIGNED_16
Index: 9199d = 23EFh
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Lenze setting
0 rpm 16000 0 rpm
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list | C15377
129 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15377
C15378
C15379
C15380
C15381
C15382
Parameter | Name:
C15377 | PDSS: max. deceleration of lower limitData type: UNSIGNED_16
Index: 9198d = 23EEh
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Lenze setting
0 min-1/s 32000 0 min-1/s
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15378 | PDSS: Max. deceleration of upper limitData type: UNSIGNED_16
Index: 9197d = 23EDh
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Lenze setting
0 min-1/s 32000 0 min-1/s
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15379 | PDSS: diag. pos. input sourceData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9196d = 23ECh
Selection list (Lenze setting printed in bold) Info
0 Deactivated
1 PDSS-Diag-In an SD-In
2 Ref-In an SD-In
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15380 | PDSS: detection of the diagnostic positionData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9195d = 23EBh
Selection list (Lenze setting printed in bold) Info
0 LOW level
1 HIGH level
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15381 | PDSS: lower diagnostic positionData type: UNSIGNED_32
Index: 9194d = 23EAh
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Lenze setting
0 Incr. 4294967295 0 incr.
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15382 | PDSS: upper diagnostic positionData type: UNSIGNED_32
Index: 9193d = 23E9h
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Lenze setting
0 Incr. 4294967295 0 incr.
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 130
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list | C15383
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15383
C15384
C15385
C15387
C15388
C15389
Parameter | Name:
C15383 | PDSS: tolerance of diagnostic positionData type: UNSIGNED_32
Index: 9192d = 23E8h
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Lenze setting
0 Incr. 327680 0 incr.
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15384 | PDSS: slip comp. in the end rangeData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9191d = 23E7h
Selection list (Lenze setting printed in bold) Info
0 Deactivated
1 Activated
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15385 | PDSS: permanent activationData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9190d = 23E6h
Selection list (Lenze setting printed in bold) Info
0 On request
1 Activated
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15387 | PDSS: error responseData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9188d = 23E4h
Selection list (Lenze setting printed in bold) Info
0 STO
1 SS1
2 SS2
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15388 | PDSS: curr. difference of diag. pos.Data type: INTEGER_32
Index: 9187d = 23E3h
Display range (min. value | unit | max. value)
-2147483648 Incr. 2147483647
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15389 | PDSS: curr. speed monitoredData type: INTEGER_16
Index: 9186d = 23E2h
Display range (min. value | unit | max. value)
-16000 rpm 16000
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list | C15400
131 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15400
C15401
C15402
C15403
Parameter | Name:
C15400 | Motor encoder systemData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9175d = 23D7h
Selection of the connected encoder system.Safe speed measurement and position detection
Selection list (Lenze setting printed in bold) Info
0 No motor encoder
1 Sin-cos encoder "Sin-cos encoder" in this connection stands for the entries "Sine/cosine encoder", "absolute value encoder (Hiperface)", and "absolute value encoder (EnDat)" of code C00422 of the Servo Drives 9400 HighLine.
2 Resolver
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15401 | Motor encoder statusData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9174d = 23D6h
Status of the encoder evaluation.Safe speed measurement and position detection
Selection list (read only) Info
0 Valid Encoder data is valid
1 Fault Encoder data are invalid
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15402 | Actual speed - n_safeData type: INTEGER_16
Index: 9173d = 23D5h
Display of the current speed calculated by the safety module.Safe speed measurement and position detection
Display range (min. value | unit | max. value)
-16000 rpm 16000
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15403 | Actual position value p_safeData type: UNSIGNED_32
Index: 9172d = 23D4h
Display range (min. value | unit | max. value)
0 Incr. 4294967295
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 132
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15405
C15408
C15409
C15410
Parameter | Name:
C15405 | Internal actual speed valueData type: INTEGER_16
Index: 9170d = 23D2h
Internal actual speed values of the SM302.Safe speed measurement and position detection
Display range (min. value | unit | max. value)
-16000 rpm 16000
Subcodes Info
C15405/1 Internal actual speed value nSM determined from the motor position.
C15405/2 Internal actual speed value nGG determined from the position data of the standard device.
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15408 | Curr. position difference pSM-pGGData type: INTEGER_32
Index: 9167d = 23CFh
Display range (min. value | unit | max. value)
-2147483648 Incr. 2147483647
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15409 | Motor mounting directionData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9166d = 23CEh
Setting of the motor mounting direction.Safe speed measurement and position detection
Selection list (Lenze setting printed in bold)
0 Motor rotating CW
1 Motor rotating CCW
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15410 | Response time of encoder monitoringData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9165d = 23CDh
Response time of encoder monitoring.Safe speed measurement and position detection
Selection list (Lenze setting printed in bold)
0 12ms
10 50ms
20 100 ms
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list
133 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15411
C15412
C15420
C15430
C15500
Parameter | Name:
C15411 | Speed comparison toleranceData type: UNSIGNED_16
Index: 9164d = 23CCh
Parameterisable tolerance of speed comparison in the safety module.Safe speed measurement and position detection
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Lenze setting
0 rpm 16000 20 rpm
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15412 | Tolerance of position comparisonData type: UNSIGNED_32
Index: 9163d = 23CBh
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Lenze setting
0 Incr. 327680 0 incr.
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15420 | Sin/cos encoder PPRData type: UNSIGNED_16
Index: 9155d = 23C3h
PPR of the sin/cos encoder used.Safe speed measurement and position detection
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Lenze setting
1 16384 1
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15430 | Number of resolver pole pairsData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9145d = 23B9h
Number of pole pairs of the resolver used as motor encoder system.Safe speed measurement and position detection
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Lenze setting
1 10 1
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15500 | Position encoder systemData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9075d = 2373h
Setting of the connected position encoder system.Safe speed measurement and position detection
Selection list (Lenze setting printed in bold)
0 No position encoder
1 Analog encoder (sin/cos/TTL)
2 Digital encoder (SSI/bus)
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 134
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15501
C15502
C15540
C15550
C15551
Parameter | Name:
C15501 | Position encoder gearbox factorData type: UNSIGNED_16
Index: 9074d = 2372h
Setting of the gearbox factor between motor and position encoder.Safe speed measurement and position detection
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Lenze setting
20 % 50000 100 %
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15502 | Position encoder mounting directionData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9073d = 2371h
Setting of the mounting direction of the position encoder referred to the motor encoder.Safe speed measurement and position detection
Selection list (Lenze setting printed in bold)
0 As motor encoder
1 Inverse to motor encoder
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15540 | Maximum compensated slipData type: UNSIGNED_32
Index: 9035d = 234Bh
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Lenze setting
0 Incr. 327680 0 incr.
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15550 | SREF: SREF_Start input sourceData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9025d = 2341h
The input signal for starting the homing process must be parameterised. The signal can• be transmitted to the safety module via a local reference input (Ref-InA), or • via a bit in the safety bus.
Selection list (Lenze setting printed in bold) Info
0 Homing deactivated
1 S bus
2 Ref-InA to SD-In
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15551 | SREF: Ref-InA edge triggerData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9024d = 2340h
The edge evaluation for the local Ref-InA reference input can be parameterised on HIGH or LOW edge.
Selection list (Lenze setting printed in bold) Info
0 Rising edge Safe referencing (SREF): use this setting for applications only involving one position switch.
1 Falling edge
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list
135 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15552
C15553
C15554
C15555
Parameter | Name:
C15552 | SREF: SREF_Load input sourceData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9023d = 233Fh
The input signal for setting the home mark must be parameterised.The signal can
• be transmitted to the safety module via a local Ref-InB reference input, or• via a bit in the safety bus, or• via the encoder zero pulse.
Selection list (Lenze setting printed in bold) Info
0 Homing deactivated
1 S bus
3 Ref-InB to SD-In
4 encoder zero pulse
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15553 | SREF: Ref-InB edge triggerData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9022d = 233Eh
The edge evaluation for the Ref-InB reference input can be parameterised on HIGH or LOW edge.
Selection list (Lenze setting printed in bold) Info
0 Rising edge
1 Falling edge Safe referencing (SREF): use this setting for applications only involving one position switch.
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15554 | SREF: time-outData type: UNSIGNED_16
Index: 9021d = 233Dh
The home mark parameterised must be detected within this monitoring time that follows "SREF_Start".
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Lenze setting
0 ms 30000 0 ms
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15555 | SREF: home positionData type: UNSIGNED_32
Index: 9020d = 233Ch
The home position parameterised specifies the absolute reference point for the SLP, SCA, and PDSS safety functions.
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Lenze setting
0 Incr. 4294967295 0 incr.
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 136
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15556
C15557
C15558
C15559
Parameter | Name:
C15556 | SREF: restart conditionData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9019d = 233Bh
Selection for the restart behaviour relating to the reference status after mains switching:• No homing required. The home position and the last absolute position value are loaded from a power-failure-
proof memory.• When loading the reference values from the internal memory of Servo Drives 9400 it has to be ensured that the
drive cannot change its position whilst it is switched off.During the execution time, a "Mini-homing process" with a restricted motion mode, e.g. SLS must be carried out. The "SREF available" signal remains deleted until the "Mini-homing process" is carried out. Only with successful plausibility of the current absolute position, the "SREF available" signal is set.
• Another homing process must be carried out.
Selection list (Lenze setting printed in bold) Info
0 Homing required
1 Load reference saved
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15557 | SREF: tolerance of starting positionData type: UNSIGNED_32
Index: 9018d = 233Ah
For a restart after mains switching, this tolerance window makes the absolute position saved last available without having to carry out another homing process.
Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Lenze setting
0 Incr. 327680 0 incr.
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15558 | SREF: SLS homingData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9017d = 2339h
Selection list (Lenze setting printed in bold) Info
3 SLS1
4 SLS2
5 SLS3
6 SLS4
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15559 | SREF: delete referenceData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9016d = 2338h
This parameter is used for deleting a reference that is already available, in order to be able to carry out a new homing process.
Selection list (Lenze setting printed in bold) Info
0 No response
21 Delete reference
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list
137 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15560
C15800
C15801
Parameter | Name:
C15560 | SREF: statusData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 9015d = 2337h
Selection list (read only) Info
0 No reference
1 SREF active
2 SREF available
3 Mini-reference active
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15800 | Current error typeData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 8775d = 2247h
Type of the currently pending error.
Selection list (read only)
0 No error
1 Warning
2 Trouble
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15801 | Error historyData type: UNSIGNED_16
Index: 8774d = 2246h
List with internal error numbers for service operations.Please forward error history to the Lenze Service on request.Note:The universally valid error messages of the safety module are entered in code C00168 and in the logbook of the inverter. Details relating to this are described in the "Error messages" chapter.
Display range (min. value | unit | max. value)
0 65535
Subcodes Info
C15801/1 Error history 1
C15801/2 Error history 2
C15801/3 Error history 3
C15801/4 Error history 4
C15801/5 Error history 5
C15801/6 Error history 6
C15801/7 Error history 7
C15801/8 Error history 8
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 138
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15805
C15810
Parameter | Name:
C15805 | Service codeData type: UNSIGNED_32
Index: 8770d = 2242h
Display of information if parameter set was not successfully checked for plausibility.
Display range (min. value | unit | max. value)
0 4294967295
Subcodes Info
C15805/1 Service code
C15805/2 Service code
C15805/3 Service code
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15810 | Service codeData type: BITFIELD_32
Index: 8765d = 223Dh
Display of internal control words.
Display range
0x00000000 0xFFFFFFFF
Value is bit-coded: Info
Bit 0 STO Safe torque off
Bit 1 SS1 Safe stop 1
Bit 2 SS2 Safe stop 2
Bit 3 SLS1 Safely limited speed 1
Bit 4 SLS2 Safely limited speed 2
Bit 5 SLS3 Safely limited speed 3
Bit 6 SLS4 Safely limited speed 4
Bit 7 SDIpos Safe positive direction of movement
Bit 8 SDIneg Safe negative direction of movement
Bit 9 ES Safe enable switch
Bit 10 SLI
Bit 11 OMS Safe operation mode selector
Bit 12 SLP1
Bit 13 SLP2
Bit 14 SLP3
Bit 15 SLP4
Bit 16 AIS_SBUS Restart acknowledgement via safety bus
Bit 17 AIE_SBUS Error acknowledgement via safety bus
Bit 18 Reserved
Bit 19 RMS
Bit 20 SREF Start
Bit 21 SREF Load
Bit 22 PDSS
Bit 23 SSE Emegency stop function
Bit 24 SD-Out1 Safe output
Bit 25 Reserved
Bit 26 Reserved
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list
139 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15815
C15820
Bit 27 Reserved
Bit 28 Reserved
Bit 29 Reserved
Bit 30 Reserved
Bit 31 Reserved
Subcodes Info
C15810/1 Service code
C15810/2 Service code
C15810/3 Service code
C15810/4 Service code
C15810/5 Service code
C15810/6 Service code
C15810/7 Service code
C15810/8 Service code
C15810/9 Service code
C15810/10 Service code
C15810/11 Service code
Read access Write access CINH PLC-STOP No transfer
Parameter | Name:
C15810 | Service codeData type: BITFIELD_32
Index: 8765d = 223Dh
Parameter | Name:
C15815 | Status of LEDsData type: UNSIGNED_16
Index: 8760d = 2238h
Status display of the module LEDs.
Display range (min. value | unit | max. value)
0 65535
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15820 | Internal actual position valueData type: UNSIGNED_32
Index: 8755d = 2233h
Display of internal position values.
Display range (min. value | unit | max. value)
0 Incr. 4294967295
Subcodes Info
C15820/1 Internal actual position value pSM
C15820/2 Internal actual position value pGG
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 140
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15821
C15822
C15890
C15891
Parameter | Name:
C15821 | SS1, SS2: curr. ramp speedData type: INTEGER_16
Index: 8754d = 2232h
Currently monitored speed value of ramp monitoring.• Displayed value only valid if SS1 or SS2 are active with ramp monitoring.
Display range (min. value | unit | max. value)
-16000 rpm 16000
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15822 | SS1, SS2: min. ramp diff.Data type: INTEGER_16
Index: 8753d = 2231h
Minimum difference between actual speed value and monitored ramp.• The value is maintained until a ramp monitoring is restarted.
Display range (min. value | unit | max. value)
-16000 rpm 16000
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15890 | Current timeData type: UNSIGNED_32
Index: 8685d = 21EDh
Relative time for use in the logbook.Logbook function in the SM302
Display range (min. value | unit | max. value)
0 ms 4294967295
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Parameter | Name:
C15891 | Log functionData type: UNSIGNED_8
Index: 8684d = 21ECh
Setting of the logging response (trigger condition).Logbook function in the SM302
Selection list (Lenze setting printed in bold) Info
0 Logging active Logging always active
1 Logging stopped Logging switched off.
2 Stop logging in the event of an error Logging is stopped when an error occurs.
3 Stop logging in the case of STO Logging is stopped when STO occurs.
4 Stop logging in the case of SS1 Logging is stopped when SS1 occurs.
5 Stop logging in the case of SS2 Logging is stopped when SS2 occurs.
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list
141 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15892
Parameter | Name:
C15892 | Log timeData type: UNSIGNED_32
Index: 8683d = 21EBh
Time of the log entry.Logbook function in the SM302
Display range (min. value | unit | max. value)
0 ms 4294967295
Subcodes Info
C15892/1 Log time n
C15892/2 Log time n-1
C15892/3 Log time n-2
C15892/4 Log time n-3
C15892/5 Log time n-4
C15892/6 Log time n-5
C15892/7 Log time n-6
C15892/8 Log time n-7
C15892/9 Log time n-8
C15892/10 Log time n-9
Read access Write access CINH PLC STOP No transfer Scaling factor: 1
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 142
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15893
Parameter | Name:
C15893 | Log statusData type: UNSIGNED_64
Index: 8682d = 21EAh
Logged status.Logbook function in the SM302
Display range
Value is bit-coded: Info
Bit 0 STO via SD-In STO was triggered via a safe input.
Bit 1 STO via S-bus STO was triggered via the safety bus.
Bit 2 STO by error STO was triggered by an error.
Bit 3 Reserved
Bit 4 SS1 via SD-In SS1 was triggered via a safe input.
Bit 5 SS1 via S-bus SS1 was triggered via the safety bus.
Bit 6 SS1 by error SS1 was triggered by an error.
Bit 7 Reserved
Bit 8 SS2 via SD-In SS2 was triggered via a safe input.
Bit 9 SS2 via S-bus SS2 was triggered via the safety bus.
Bit 10 SS2 by error SS2 was triggered by an error.
Bit 11 Reserved
Bit 12 SLS1 via SD-In SLS1 was triggered via a safe input.
Bit 13 SLS1 via S-bus SLS1 was triggered via the safety bus.
Bit 14 SLS1 via OMS SLS1 was triggered via the operating mode changeover.
Bit 15 Reserved
Bit 16 SLS2 via SD-In SLS2 was triggered via a safe input.
Bit 17 SLS2 via S-bus SLS2 was triggered via the safety bus.
Bit 18 SLS2 via OMS SLS2 was triggered via the operating mode changeover.
Bit 19 Reserved
Bit 20 SLS3 via SD-In SLS3 was triggered via a safe input.
Bit 21 SLS3 via S-bus SLS3 was triggered via the safety bus.
Bit 22 SLS3 via OMS SLS3 was triggered via the operating mode changeover.
Bit 23 Reserved
Bit 24 SLS4 via SD-In SLS4 was triggered via a safe input.
Bit 25 SLS4 via S-bus SLS4 was triggered via the safety bus.
Bit 26 SLS4 via OMS SLS4 was triggered via the operating mode changeover.
Bit 27 Reserved
Bit 28 SDIpos via SD-In SDIpos was triggered via a safe input.
Bit 29 SDIpos via S-bus SDIpos was triggered via the safety bus.
Bit 30 SDIpos via SLS SDIpos was triggered in combination with SLS.
Bit 31 SDIpos in normal operation SDIpos was triggered during normal operation.
Bit 32 SDIneg via SD-In SDIneg was triggered via a safe input.
Bit 33 SDIneg via S-bus SDIneg was triggered via the safety bus.
Bit 34 SDIneg via SLS SDIneg was triggered in combination with SLS.
Bit 35 SDIneg in normal operation SDIneg was triggered during normal operation.
Bit 36 SLI active SLI was triggered during special operation.
Bit 37 Reserved
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list
143 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Bit 38 Reserved
Bit 39 Reserved
Bit 40 Special operation via SD-In Special operation was triggered via a safe input.
Bit 41 Special operation via S-bus Special operation was triggered via the safety bus.
Bit 42 Reserved
Bit 43 Reserved
Bit 44 ES via SD-In ES was triggered via a safe input.
Bit 45 ES via S-bus ES was triggered via the safety bus.
Bit 46 Reserved
Bit 47 Reserved
Bit 48 FailSafeValues via control word Safe substitute values on the safety bus were activated via the control word.
Bit 49 FailSafeValues by error Safe substitute values on the safety bus were activated by an error.
Bit 50 Reserved
Bit 51 Reserved
Bit 52 SD-In1 active The safe input SD-In1 was switched on.
Bit 53 SD-In2 active The safe input SD-In2 was switched on.
Bit 54 SD-In3 active The safe input SD-In3 was switched on.
Bit 55 SD-In4 active The safe input SD-In4 was switched on.
Bit 56 Reserved
Bit 57 Reserved
Bit 58 Reserved
Bit 59 Reserved
Bit 60 Reserved
Bit 61 Reserved
Bit 62 Reserved
Bit 63 Reserved
Subcodes Info
C15893/1 Log status n
C15893/2 Log status n-1
C15893/3 Log status n-2
C15893/4 Log status n-3
C15893/5 Log status n-4
C15893/6 Log status n-5
C15893/7 Log status n-6
C15893/8 Log status n-7
C15893/9 Log status n-8
C15893/10 Log status n-9
Read access Write access CINH PLC-STOP No transfer
Parameter | Name:
C15893 | Log statusData type: UNSIGNED_64
Index: 8682d = 21EAh
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 144
5 Parameter reference5.1 Parameter list
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15900
C15901
C15902
Parameter | Name:
C15900 | Firmware product typeData type: VISIBLE_STRING
Index: 8675d = 21E3h
Display of the product type (E94AFAE).
Read access Write access CINH PLC-STOP No transfer
Parameter | Name:
C15901 | Firmware compilation dateData type: VISIBLE_STRING
Index: 8674d = 21E2h
Display of the compilation date.
Read access Write access CINH PLC-STOP No transfer
Parameter | Name:
C15902 | Firmware versionData type: VISIBLE_STRING
Index: 8673d = 21E1h
Software version of the firmware, e.g.: "V1.0".
Read access Write access CINH PLC-STOP No transfer
5 Parameter reference5.2 Table of attributes
145 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
5.2 Table of attributes
The table of attributes contains information required for safe communication with Servo Drives 9400 via parameters.
How to read the table of attributes:
Note!
Safety-relevant parameters with write access can only be transmitted to the safety module by safe parameter setting with the »Engineer«.
Sending safe data ( 95)
Column Meaning Entry
Code Parameter name Cxxxxx
Name Parameter short text (display text) Text
Index dec Index under which the parameter is addressed.The subindex for array variables corresponds to the Lenze subcode number.
24575 - Lenze code number Is only required for access via a bus system.
hex 5FFFh - Lenze code number
Data DS Data structure E Single variable (only one parameter element)
A Array variable (several parameter elements)
DA Number of array elements (subcodes) Number
DT Data type BITFIELD_8 1 byte, bit-coded
BITFIELD_16 2 bytes bit-coded
BITFIELD_32 4 bytes bit-coded
BITFIELD_64 8 bytes bit-coded
INTEGER_8 1 byte, with sign
INTEGER_16 2 bytes with sign
INTEGER_32 4 bytes with sign
INTEGER_64 8 bytes with sign
UNSIGNED_8 1 byte without sign
UNSIGNED_16 2 bytes without sign
UNSIGNED_32 4 bytes without sign
UNSIGNED_64 8 bytes without sign
VISIBLE_STRING ASCII string
Factor Factor for data transmission via a bus system, depending on the number of decimal positions
Factor 1 ≡ no decimal positions10 ≡ 1 decimal position100 ≡ 2 decimal positions1000 ≡ 3 decimal positions
Access R Read access Reading permitted
W Write access Writing permitted (by safe parameter setting with the »Engineer«)
CINH Controller inhibit required Writing is only possible if the controller is inhibited
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 146
5 Parameter reference5.2 Table of attributes
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Table of attributes
Code Name Index Data Access
dec hex DS DA Data type Factor R W CINH
C15000 Status 1 of safety functions 9575 2567 E 1 BITFIELD_32
C15001 Status 2 of safety functions 9574 2566 E 1 BITFIELD_32
C15003 Command status 9572 2564 E 1 UNSIGNED_16 1
C15010 Parameter set status 9565 255D E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15011 Parameter CRC 9564 255C A 2 UNSIGNED_32 1
C15013 Parameter set creation time 9562 255A E 1 UNSIGNED_64 1
C15014 Time of RTC parameter setting 9561 2559 E 1 VISIBLE_STRING
C15015 Time of sec. parameter setting 9560 2558 E 1 UNSIGNED_32 1
C15016 Parameter set version 9559 2557 E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15017 Stored module ID 9558 2556 E 1 UNSIGNED_16 1
C15030 SD-In Sensor type 9545 2549 A 4 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15031 SD-In Sensor function 9544 2548 A 4 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15032 SD-In Free assignment 9543 2547 A 4 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15033 SD-In Discrepancy time 9542 2546 A 4 UNSIGNED_16 1
C15034 SD-In Input delay 9541 2545 A 4 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15035 CAS: Cascading 9540 2544 E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15036 CAS: Stop delay 9539 2543 E 1 UNSIGNED_16 1
C15040 Input image 9535 253F E 1 BITFIELD_32
C15051 SD-Out switching condition 9524 2534 A 1 BITFIELD_32
C15052 SD-Out switching condition 9523 2533 A 1 BITFIELD_32
C15053 SD-Out switching condition 9522 2532 A 1 BITFIELD_32
C15055 SD-Out logic function 9520 2530 A 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15060 Output image 9515 252B E 1 BITFIELD_16
C15100 S-bus: Configuration 9475 2503 E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15101 Current DIP switch display 9474 2502 E 1 UNSIGNED_16 1
C15111 Safety address 9464 24F8 E 1 UNSIGNED_16 1
C15112 Effective safety address 9463 24F7 E 1 UNSIGNED_16 1
C15113 S bus: Filter control data 9462 24F6 E 1 BITFIELD_32
C15115 S-bus: Display of control data 9460 24F4 E 1 BITFIELD_32
C15120 FSoE Slave Command 9455 24EF E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15121 FSoE Slave Connection ID 9454 24EE E 1 UNSIGNED_16 1
C15122 FSoE Slave CRC 9453 24ED A 7 UNSIGNED_16 1
C15123 FSoE Master Command 9452 24EC E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15124 FSoE Master Connection ID 9451 24EB E 1 UNSIGNED_16 1
C15125 FSoE Master CRC 9450 24EA A 2 UNSIGNED_16 1
C15126 FSoE Version 9449 24E9 E 1 VISIBLE_STRING
C15127 FSoE Watchdog Time 9448 24E8 E 1 UNSIGNED_16 1
C15128 FSoE Connection Type 9447 24E7 E 1 UNSIGNED_16 1
C15129 FSoE Com Parameter Length 9446 24E6 E 1 UNSIGNED_16 1
C15130 FSoE Appl Parameter Length 9445 24E5 E 1 UNSIGNED_16 1
C15135 FSoE Connection State 9440 24E0 E 1 UNSIGNED_16 1
C15140 S bus control bits 9435 24DB A 32 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15141 Status bits 9434 24DA A 64 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15200 OMS: Stop function 9375 249F E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15201 OMS: Motion function 9374 249E E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15202 OMS: Function at LOW level 9373 249D E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15203 SLI: increment in special operation 9372 249C E 1 UNSIGNED_32 1
C15204 SLI: maximum change in position 9371 249B E 1 UNSIGNED_32 1
C15205 SSE: Emergency stop function 9370 249A E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
5 Parameter reference5.2 Table of attributes
147 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15210 RMS: stop function 9365 2495 E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15300 Restart behaviour 9275 243B A 2 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15305 SS1, SS2: Stopping time 9270 2436 E 1 UNSIGNED_16 1
C15306 SS1 mode 9269 2435 E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15307 SS1: STO delay after n=0 9268 2434 E 1 UNSIGNED_16 1
C15308 SS2 mode 9267 2433 E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15310 Speed window (n=0) 9265 2431 E 1 UNSIGNED_16 1
C15311 SOS: Tolerance margin (delta p=0) * 9264 2430 E 1 UNSIGNED_32 1
C15312 SOS: Maximum position change 9263 242F E 1 UNSIGNED_32 1
C15315 SS1, SS2: Ramp monitoring 9260 242C E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15316 SS1, SS2: Ramp - S-ramp time 9259 242B E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15317 SS1, SS2: ramp - rel start-offset 9258 242A E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15318 SS1, SS2: ramp - abs start-offset 9257 2429 E 1 UNSIGNED_16 1
C15319 SS1, SS2: ramp offset mode 9256 2428 E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15320 SMS: Max. speed Nmax 9255 2427 E 1 UNSIGNED_16 1
C15321 SMS: Reaction (n>Nmax) 9254 2426 E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15325 SLI: increment in normal operation 9250 2422 E 1 UNSIGNED_32 1
C15330 SLS: Limited speed Nlim 9245 241D A 4 UNSIGNED_16 1
C15331 SLS: Braking time Nlim 9244 241C A 4 UNSIGNED_16 1
C15332 SLS: Reaction (n>Nlim) 9243 241B A 4 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15333 SLS: Permissible direction of movement
9242 241A A 4 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15340 SDI: Normal operation monitoring 9235 2413 E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15341 SDI: Delay time 9234 2412 E 1 UNSIGNED_16 1
C15342 SDI: Tolerance threshold 9233 2411 E 1 UNSIGNED_32 1
C15343 SDI: Error response 9232 2410 E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15344 SDI: Maximum position change 9231 240F A 2 UNSIGNED_32 1
C15350 SLS, SMS: Max. response time 9225 2409 E 1 UNSIGNED_16 1
C15360 SLP: lower position limit 9215 23FF A 4 UNSIGNED_32 1
C15361 SLP: upper position limit 9214 23FE A 4 UNSIGNED_32 1
C15362 SLP: error response 9213 23FD A 4 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15365 SCA: lower position limit 9210 23FA A 4 UNSIGNED_32 1
C15366 SCA: upper position limit 9209 23F9 A 4 UNSIGNED_32 1
C15370 PDSS: lower position limit 9205 23F5 E 1 UNSIGNED_32 1
C15371 PDSS: upper position limit 9204 23F4 E 1 UNSIGNED_32 1
C15372 PDSS: lower SCS limit 9203 23F3 E 1 UNSIGNED_32 1
C15373 PDSS: upper SCS limit 9202 23F2 E 1 UNSIGNED_32 1
C15374 PDSS: SCS from the lower limit 9201 23F1 E 1 UNSIGNED_16 1
C15375 PDSS: SCS from the upper limit 9200 23F0 E 1 UNSIGNED_16 1
C15376 PDSS: max. speed 9199 23EF E 1 UNSIGNED_16 1
C15377 PDSS: max. deceleration of lower limit 9198 23EE E 1 UNSIGNED_16 1
C15378 PDSS: Max. deceleration of upper limit 9197 23ED E 1 UNSIGNED_16 1
C15379 PDSS: diag-pos. input source 9196 23EC E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15380 PDSS: detection of diagnostic position 9195 23EB E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15381 PDSS: lower diagnostic position 9194 23EA E 1 UNSIGNED_32 1
C15382 PDSS: upper diagnostic position 9193 23E9 E 1 UNSIGNED_32 1
C15383 PDSS: tolerance of diagnostic position 9192 23E8 E 1 UNSIGNED_32 1
C15384 PDSS: slip comp. in the end region 9191 23E7 E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15385 PDSS: permanent activation 9190 23E6 E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15387 PDSS: error response 9188 23E4 E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15388 PDSS: curr. difference of diag. pos. 9187 23E3 E 1 INTEGER_32 1
Code Name Index Data Access
dec hex DS DA Data type Factor R W CINH
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 148
5 Parameter reference5.2 Table of attributes
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15389 PDSS: curr. speed monitored 9186 23E2 E 1 INTEGER_16 1
C15400 Motor encoder system 9175 23D7 E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15401 Motor encoder status 9174 23D6 E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15402 Actual speed - n_safe 9173 23D5 E 1 INTEGER_16 1
C15403 Actual position value p_safe 9172 23D4 E 1 UNSIGNED_32 1
C15405 Internal actual speed value 9170 23D2 A 2 INTEGER_16 1
C15408 Curr. position difference pSM-pGG 9167 23CF E 1 INTEGER_32 1
C15409 Motor mounting direction 9166 23CE E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15410 Response time of encoder monitoring 9165 23CD E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15411 Speed comparison tolerance 9164 23CC E 1 UNSIGNED_16 1
C15412 Tolerance of position comparison 9163 23CB E 1 UNSIGNED_32 1
C15420 Sin-cos encoder - number of increments
9155 23C3 E 1 UNSIGNED_16 1
C15430 Number of resolver pole pairs 9145 23B9 E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15500 Position encoder system 9075 2373 E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15501 Position encoder gearbox factor 9074 2372 E 1 UNSIGNED_16 1
C15502 Position encoder mounting direction 9073 2371 E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15540 Maximum slip compensated 9035 234B E 1 UNSIGNED_32 1
C15550 SREF: SREF_Start input source 9025 2341 E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15551 SREF: Ref-InA edge trigger 9024 2340 E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15552 SREF: SREF_Load input source 9023 233F E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15553 SREF: Ref-InB edge trigger 9022 233E E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15554 SREF: Timeout 9021 233D E 1 UNSIGNED_16 1
C15555 SREF: Home Position 9020 233C E 1 UNSIGNED_32 1
C15556 SREF: restart condition 9019 233B E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15557 SREF: tolerance of starting position 9018 233A E 1 UNSIGNED_32 1
C15558 SREF: SLS homing 9017 2339 E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15559 SREF: delete reference 9016 2338 E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15560 SREF: status 9015 2337 E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15800 Current error type 8775 2247 E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15801 Error history 8774 2246 A 8 UNSIGNED_16 1
C15805 Service code 8770 2242 A 3 UNSIGNED_32 1
C15810 Service code 8765 223D A 11 BITFIELD_32
C15815 Status of LEDs 8760 2238 E 1 UNSIGNED_16 1
C15820 Internal actual position value 8755 2233 A 2 UNSIGNED_32 1
C15821 SS1, SS2: curr. ramp speed 8754 2232 E 1 INTEGER_16 1
C15822 SS1, SS2: min. ramp diff. 8753 2231 E 1 INTEGER_16 1
C15890 Current time 8685 21ED E 1 UNSIGNED_32 1
C15891 Log function 8684 21EC E 1 UNSIGNED_8 1
C15892 Log time 8683 21EB A 10 UNSIGNED_32 1
C15893 Log status 8682 21EA A 10 UNSIGNED_64
C15900 Firmware Product Type 8675 21E3 E 1 VISIBLE_STRING
C15901 Firmware Compilation Date 8674 21E2 E 1 VISIBLE_STRING
C15902 Firmware Version 8673 21E1 E 1 VISIBLE_STRING
Code Name Index Data Access
dec hex DS DA Data type Factor R W CINH
6 Error messages
149 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
6 Error messages
Tip!
General information with regard to diagnostics & fault analysis and to error messages canbe found in the Servo Drives 9400 online documentation.
Short overview of error messages for the safety module (A-Z)
Note!
This chapter adds error messages for the SM302 safety module to the error list in the online documentation for Servo Drives 9400.
hex dec Error message Response (Lenze setting) can be set in
0x012f00c3 19857603 3.3V voltage error Warning -
0x012f00c2 19857602 5V voltage error Warning -
0x012f00c1 19857601 6V voltage error Warning -
0x012f006c 19857516 CAS: Circulation time exceeded Warning -
0x012f006d 19857517 CAS: Hardware or discrepancy error Warning -
0x012f0010 19857424 Communication error - standard device Warning -
0x012f0039 19857465 Deactivated SD-In1 = high Warning -
0x012f003a 19857466 Deactivated SD-In2 = high Warning -
0x012f003b 19857467 Deactivated SD-In3 = high Warning -
0x012f003c 19857468 Deactivated SD-In4 = high Warning -
0x012f00a3 19857571 Different safety parameter sets Warning -
0x012f0031 19857457 Discrepancy error / functional test - SD-In1 Warning -
0x012f0032 19857458 Discrepancy error / functional test - SD-In2 Warning -
0x012f0033 19857459 Discrepancy error / functional test - SD-In3 Warning -
0x012f0034 19857460 Discrepancy error / functional test - SD-In4 Warning -
0x012f005d 19857501 Error - internal disconnecting path Warning -
0x012f0051 19857489 Error - SD-Inx / CLx Warning -
0x012f0052 19857490 Error - SD-Inx / CLx Warning -
0x012f0045 19857477 F_CRC_Length error Information -
0x012f0041 19857473 F_Dest_Add = 0 or FFFFhex Information -
0x012f0040 19857472 F_Dest_Add unequal F-address Information -
0x012f0044 19857476 F_SIL exceeds technical SIL Information -
0x012f0042 19857474 F_Source_Add = 0 or FFFFhex Information -
0x012f0043 19857475 F_WD_Time = 0 msec Information -
0x012f0023 19857443 F_WD_Time exceeded Information -
0x012f0027 19857447 F-parameter error Information -
0x012f00ea 19857642 FSoE passivated Information -
0x012f00e3 19857635 FSoE: CRC error Information -
0x012f00eb 19857643 FSoE: data exchange exited Information -
0x012f00e9 19857641 FSoE: invalid application parameter data Information -
0x012f00e8 19857640 FSoE: invalid application parameter length Information -
0x012f00e7 19857639 FSoE: invalid communication parameter data Information -
0x012f00e6 19857638 FSoE: invalid communication parameter length Information -
0x012f00e2 19857634 FSoE: invalid connection ID Information -
0x012f00e5 19857637 FSoE: invalid slave address Information -
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 150
6 Error messages
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
0x012f00e0 19857632 FSoE: unexpected command Information -
0x012f00e1 19857633 FSoE: unknown command Information -
0x012f00e4 19857636 FSoE: watchdog expired Information -
0x012f0046 19857478 Incorrect F-parameter version Information -
0x012f0036 19857462 Internal error - AIE Warning -
0x012f0035 19857461 Internal error - AIS Warning -
0x012f0037 19857463 Internal error - module switch Warning -
0x012f0002 19857410 Internal error, SS1 activated Warning -
0x012f0003 19857411 Internal error, SS2 activated Warning -
0x012f0001 19857409 Internal error, STO activated Warning -
0x012f00b2 19857586 Maximum slip exceeded Warning -
0x012f00a2 19857570 Memory module - parameter set access error Warning -
0x012f00a6 19857574 Memory module safety parameter set format error Warning -
0x012f00a9 19857577 Module ID unequal effective safety address Warning -
0x012f00a0 19857568 New parameter set deleted Information -
0x012f00a1 19857569 New safety parameter set loaded Information -
0x012f006b 19857515 No encoder system configured Warning -
0x012f00a4 19857572 No safe parameter set for safety module Warning -
0x012f00a8 19857576 Parameter set communication error Information -
0x012f00a7 19857575 Parameter set plausibility error Warning -
0x012f007a 19857530 PDSS: diagnostic mark detected in invalid position Warning -
0x012f0079 19857529 PDSS: no diagnostic mark detected in expected position Warning -
0x012f0076 19857526 PDSS: no valid reference Warning -
0x012f0078 19857528 PDSS: SCS creeping speed exceeded Warning -
0x012f0077 19857527 PDSS: speed exceeded Warning -
0x012f0022 19857442 PROFIsafe - communication error Information -
0x012f0026 19857446 PROFIsafe - invalid data Information -
0x012f0047 19857479 PROFIsafe CRC1 error Information -
0x012f0025 19857445 PROFIsafe has left data exchange Information -
0x012f0024 19857444 PROFIsafe passivated Information -
0x012f00c0 19857600 Reference voltage error Warning -
0x012f0048 19857480 Reserved (PROFIsafe standard) Information -
0x012f0049 19857481 Reserved (PROFIsafe standard) Information -
0x012f004a 19857482 Reserved (PROFIsafe standard) Information -
0x012f00d0 19857616 Safe speed invalid Warning -
0x012f0021 19857441 Safety address invalid (0 or FFFFhex) Warning -
0x012f00a5 19857573 Safety parameter set defect Warning -
0x012f0068 19857512 SDIneg: Wrong direction Warning -
0x012f0067 19857511 SDIpos: Wrong direction Warning -
0x012f0059 19857497 Short circuit / cross-circuit - SD-Out Warning -
0x012f006f 19857519 SLI: Safely limited increment exceeded Warning -
0x012f0075 19857525 SLP: no valid reference Warning -
0x012f0071 19857521 SLP1: position range exited Warning -
0x012f0072 19857522 SLP2: position range exited Warning -
0x012f0073 19857523 SLP3: position range exited Warning -
0x012f0074 19857524 SLP4: position range exited Warning -
0x012f0066 19857510 SLS/SMS: Error stop not executed Warning -
0x012f0062 19857506 SLS1: Nlim1 exceeded Warning -
0x012f0063 19857507 SLS2: Nlim2 exceeded Warning -
0x012f0064 19857508 SLS3: Nlim3 exceeded Warning -
0x012f0065 19857509 SLS4: Nlim4 exceeded Warning -
0x012f0069 19857513 SMS: Nmax exceeded Warning -
hex dec Error message Response (Lenze setting) can be set in
6 Error messages
151 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Internal error, STO activated [0x012f0001]
Internal error, SS1 activated [0x012f0002]
0x012f006a 19857514 SOS: Tolerance limit exceeded Warning -
0x012f00b1 19857585 SREF: reference deleted Information -
0x012f00b0 19857584 SREF: Timeout Information -
0x012f006e 19857518 SS1/SS2: Speed ramp exceeded Warning -
0x012f0061 19857505 SS1/SS2: Stopping time exceeded Warning -
0x012f00d1 19857617 SSM: Encoder error Warning -
0x012f00d3 19857619 SSM: Error - standard device data Warning -
0x012f00d2 19857618 SSM: Resolver error Warning -
0x012f00d4 19857620 SSM: Speed comparison error Warning -
0x012f00d5 19857621 SSM: Synchronisation error Warning -
0x012f00d6 19857622 SSM: Wrong PDO version Warning -
0x012f0090 19857552 Stuck at High at SD-In1, channel A Warning -
0x012f0091 19857553 Stuck at High at SD-In1, channel B Warning -
0x012f0092 19857554 Stuck at High at SD-In2, channel A Warning -
0x012f0093 19857555 Stuck at High at SD-In2, channel B Warning -
0x012f0094 19857556 Stuck at High at SD-In3, channel A Warning -
0x012f0095 19857557 Stuck at High at SD-In3, channel B Warning -
0x012f0096 19857558 Stuck at High at SD-In4, channel A Warning -
0x012f0097 19857559 Stuck at High at SD-In4, channel B Warning -
0x012f0080 19857536 Stuck at High SD-Out1, channel A Warning -
0x012f0082 19857538 Stuck at High SD-Out1, channel B Warning -
0x012f0081 19857537 Stuck at Low SD-Out1, channel A Warning -
0x012f0083 19857539 Stuck at Low SD-Out1, channel B Warning -
0x012f0011 19857425 Synchronisation error - standard device Information -
0x012f005e 19857502 Test pulse error - internal disconnecting path Warning -
0x012f00b4 19857588 Tolerance of position comparison exceeded Warning -
0x012f00b3 19857587 Tolerance of starting position exceeded Warning -
hex dec Error message Response (Lenze setting) can be set in
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 1
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Internal error, STO activated. Replace safety module. Contact Lenze.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 2
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Internal error, SS1 activated Replace safety module. Contact Lenze.
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 152
6 Error messages
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Internal error, SS2 activated [0x012f0003]
Communication error - standard device [0x012f0010]
Synchronisation error - standard device [0x012f0011]
Safety address invalid (0 or 0xFFFF) [0x012f0021]
PROFIsafe communication error [0x012f0022]
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 3
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Internal error, SS2 activated Replace safety module. Contact Lenze.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 16
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Communication between the standard device and the safety module has been interrupted. Standard device has been switched off.
Ensure operation in the specified voltage limits.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 17
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Faulty synchronisation with standard device. Please contact Lenze.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 33
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Invalid effective safety address.• Only for SM300
• Check safety address in the configuration software of the control system.
• Check DIP switches on the SM300 safety module.• Check safety address in the safe parameterisation.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 34
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
PROFIsafe data processing has detected a communication error.
Check cabling between the communication module and the control system.
6 Error messages
153 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
F_WD_Time exceeded [0x012f0023]
PROFIsafe passivated [0x012f0024]
PROFIsafe has left data exchange [0x012f0025]
PROFIsafe - invalid data [0x012f0026]
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 35
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
PROFIsafe monitoring time exceeded. • Check program runtime of safety program.• Increase monitoring time F_WD_Time.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 36
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
A fault has occurred in the PROFIsafe data processing. PROFIsafe node is passivated.
• Check communication module, bus connection and control program.
• Read out fault memory of control system.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 37
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
A fault has occurred in the PROFIsafe data processing. PROFIsafe has left data exchange.
• Check communication module, bus connection and control program.
• Read out fault memory of control system.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 38
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
A fault has occurred in the PROFIsafe data processing. PROFIsafe user data area has no valid data.
• Check communication module, bus connection and control program.
• Read out fault memory of control system.
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 154
6 Error messages
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
F-parameter error [0x012f0027]
Discrepancy error or functional test SD-In1 [0x012f0031]
Discrepancy error or functional test SD-In2 [0x012f0032]
Discrepancy error or functional test SD-In3 [0x012f0033]
Discrepancy error or functional test SD-In4 [0x012f0034]
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 39
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
A fault has occurred in the PROFIsafe parameterisation phase. Wrong parameterisation of F-PLC.
• Check communication module, bus connection and control program.
• Read out fault memory of control system.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 49
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Signal error at two-channel safe input SD-In1. • Check safe parameters for SD-In1.• Check sensor at SD-In1.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 50
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Signal error at two-channel safe input SD-In2. • Check safe parameters for SD-In2.• Check sensor at SD-In2.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 51
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Signal error at two-channel safe input SD-In3. • Check safe parameters for SD-In3.• Check sensor at SD-In3.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 52
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Signal error at two-channel safe input SD-In4. • Check safe parameters for SD-In4.• Check sensor at SD-In4.
6 Error messages
155 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Internal error - AIS [0x012f0035]
Internal error - AIE [0x012f0036]
Internal error - module switch [0x012f0037]
Deactivated SD-In1 = high [0x012f0039]
Deactivated SD-In2 = high [0x012f003a]
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 53
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Signal error at acknowledgement input AIS. Replace safety module.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 54
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Signal error at acknowledgement input AIE. Replace safety module.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 55
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Signal error at module acknowledgement input. Replace safety module.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 57
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Initialisation/parameterisation error:Deactivated input in ON state.
Check connection diagram and parameterisation.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 58
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Initialisation/parameterisation error:Deactivated input in ON state.
Check connection diagram and parameterisation.
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 156
6 Error messages
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Deactivated SD-In3 = high [0x012f003b]
Deactivated SD-In4 = high [0x012f003c]
F_Dest_Add unequal F address [0x012f0040]
F_Dest_Add = 0 or FFFFhex [0x012f0041]
F_Source_Add = 0 or FFFFhex [0x012f0042]
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 59
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Initialisation/parameterisation error:Deactivated input in ON state.
Check connection diagram and parameterisation.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 60
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Initialisation/parameterisation error:Deactivated input in ON state.
Check connection diagram and parameterisation.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 64
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The safety address F_Dest_Add of the control system does not correspond to the F address in the safety module.
Adapt the safety address in the control configuration to the address in the safety module.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 65
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The safety address F_Dest_Add in the control system is invalid (0 or FFFFhex).
Select a valid value for the safety address data in the control configuration.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 66
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The safety address F_Source_Add in the control system is invalid (0 or FFFFhex).
Select a valid value for the safety address data in the control configuration.
6 Error messages
157 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
F_WD_Time is 0 msec [0x012f0043]
F_SIL exceeds technical SIL [0x012f0044]
F_CRC_Length error [0x012f0045]
F parameter version is incorrect [0x012f0046]
PROFIsafe CRC1 error [0x012f0047]
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 67
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The monitoring time F_WD_Time of the control system is set to 0 ms.
Select a permissible value for the monitoring time F_WD_Time.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 68
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The parameterised SIL setting in the control system exceeds the technically possible SIL of the safety module.
Adapt the parameterised SIL setting in the control system to the safety module used.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 69
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The data length of the F_CRC of the control system is faulty.
Check the safety parameters in the control system.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 70
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The F parameter version is incorrect and not supported by the safety module.
Select a permissible F parameter version in the control system.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 71
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
PROFIsafe-CRC1 error. Current F parameter CRC is faulty. • Check F parameter CRC (CRC1) in the control system.• Check GSD file.
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 158
6 Error messages
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Reserved (PROFIsafe standard) [0x012f0048]
Reserved (PROFIsafe standard) [0x012f0049]
Reserved (PROFIsafe standard) [0x012f004a]
Error - SD-Inx / CLx [0x012f0051]
Error - SD-Inx / CLx [0x012f0052]
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 72
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
-- --
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 73
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
-- --
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 74
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
-- --
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 81
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Internal error at a safe input (hardware error). Replace safety module.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 82
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Error at an SD-Inx input or the CLx clock outputs.Only valid for the SM300 safety module!
Check wiring at the SM300 safety module.
6 Error messages
159 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Short circuit - SD-Out [0x012f0059]
Error - internal disconnecting path [0x012f005d]
Test pulse error - internal disconnecting path [0x012f005e]
SS1/SS2: Stopping time exceeded [0x012f0061]
SLS1: Nlim1 exceeded [0x012f0062]
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 89
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Error at output SD-Out.Only valid for the SM300 safety module!
Check wiring at the SM300 safety module.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 93
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Internal error of safe switch-off logic. Replace safety module. Contact Lenze.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 94
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Internal error of safe switch-off logic. Replace safety module. Contact Lenze.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 97
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The drive has not reached the parameterised zero-speed threshold within the stop time.
• Increase SS1/SS2 stop time.• Reduce delay time in drive.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 98
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The drive has exceeded the limited speed (SLS1). • Adapt the speed-dependent parameters in the drive.• Increase speed threshold Nlim.
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 160
6 Error messages
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
SLS2: Nlim2 exceeded [0x012f0063]
SLS3: Nlim3 exceeded [0x012f0064]
SLS4: Nlim4 exceeded [0x012f0065]
SLS/SMS: Error stop not executed [0x012f0066]
SDIpos: Wrong direction [0x012f0067]
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 99
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The drive has exceeded the limited speed (SLS2). • Adapt the speed-dependent parameters in the drive.• Increase speed threshold Nlim.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 100
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The drive has exceeded the limited speed (SLS3). • Adapt the speed-dependent parameters in the drive.• Increase speed threshold Nlim.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 101
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The drive has exceeded the limited speed (SLS4). • Adapt the speed-dependent parameters in the drive.• Increase speed threshold Nlim.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 102
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The drive has exceeded the limited speed (SLS1-4) or the maximum speed (SMS) and not responded adequately within the maximum response time.
• Adapt the speed-dependent parameters in the drive.• Increase parameter for the maximum response time.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 103
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The drive has exceeded the positive monitored direction (SDIpos).
• Adapt controller parameterisation.• Increase SDI tolerance threshold.
6 Error messages
161 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
SDIneg: Wrong direction [0x012f0068]
SMS: Nmax exceeded [0x012f0069]
SOS: Tolerance limit exceeded [0x012f006a]
No encoder system configured [0x012f006b]
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 104
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The drive has exceeded the negative monitored direction (SDIneg).
• Adapt controller parameterisation.• Increase SDI tolerance threshold.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 105
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The drive has exceeded the monitored maximum speed (SMS.
• Limit maximum speed in drive.• Adapt parameterisation value.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 106
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The drive has exceeded a tolerance limit for the SOS function.
• Adapt tolerance limits or increase distance to the parameterised limits.
• Adapt response time of encoder monitoring.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 107
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
A speed- or position-based safety function is tried to be carried out without an encoder having been configured.
Configuration of an encoder system valid for safety-related applications.
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 162
6 Error messages
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
CAS: Circulation time exceeded [0x012f006c]
CAS: Hardware or discrepancy error [0x012f006d]
SS1/SS2: Speed ramp exceeded [0x012f006e]
SLI: Safely limited increment exceeded [0x012f006f]
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 108
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The maximum time between the activation and feedback of cascading has been exceeded.
• Input delay for SD-In4 must be parameterised lower than or equal to 10 ms.
• Check wiring between the cascaded modules.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 109
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The cascading output has not been deactivated by the hardware quickly enough, or there is a discrepancy at the cascading input.
• Check wiring between the cascaded modules.• Replace safety module.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 110
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The monitoring of the speed ramp is activated. When the SS1/SS2 stop function is executed, the deceleration of the speed ramp is monitored. If the monitoring limits are exceeded, an error is reported.
• Adapt ramp monitoring parameters in the safety module.
• Adapt (quickstop) ramp parameters in the application.
• Deactivate ramp monitoring in the safety module.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 111
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The safely limited increment is monitored in the "special operation" operating mode. The increment parameterised was exceeded.
• Adapt "SLI: Safely limited increment" parameter.• Limit increments in the application.• Deactivate monitoring of the safely limited
increment.
6 Error messages
163 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
SLP1: position range exited [0x012f0071]
SLP2: position range exited [0x012f0072]
SLP3: position range exited [0x012f0073]
SLP4: position range exited [0x012f0074]
SLP: no valid reference [0x012f0075]
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 113
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The drive has exited the SLP1 position range. Adapt parameters for absolute position limits or increase the distance to the position limits within the application.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 114
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The drive has exited the SLP2 position range. Adapt parameters for absolute position limits or increase the distance to the position limits within the application.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 115
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The drive has exited the SLP3 position range. Adapt parameters for absolute position limits or increase the distance to the position limits within the application.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 116
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The drive has exited the SLP4 position range. Adapt parameters for absolute position limits or increase the distance to the position limits within the application.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 117
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
SLP has been requested without a valid reference. The safe absolute home position has been deleted or has not been set yet.Evaluate SREF status in C15560 and carry out homing.
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 164
6 Error messages
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
PDSS: no valid reference [0x012f0076]
PDSS: speed exceeded [0x012f0077]
PDSS: SCS creeping speed [0x012f0078]
PDSS: no diagnostic mark detected in expected position [0x012f0079]
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 118
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
PDSS has been requested without a valid reference. The safe absolute home position has been deleted or has not been set yet.Evaluate SREF status in C15560 and carry out homing.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 119
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The drive has exceeded the speed currently permissible in PDSS.
Check safety parameters for PDSS envelope curve and adapt them, if necessary.Reduce speeds in the application and increase distance to the envelope curve.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 120
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The drive has exceeded the creeping speed permissible in SCS.
Check safety parameters for PDSS envelope curve and adapt them, if necessary.Reduce speeds in the application and increase distance to the envelope curve.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 121
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
No diagnostic mark has been detected in the diagnostic position parameterised in PDSS.
Check parameters of the diagnostic mark and adapt them, if necessary.Check function and correct position of the diagnostic sensors.
6 Error messages
165 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
PDSS: diagnostic mark detected in invalid position [0x012f007a]
Stuck at High SD-Out1, channel A [0x012f0080]
Stuck at Low SD-Out1, channel A [0x012f0081]
Stuck at High SD-Out1, channel B [0x012f0082]
Stuck at Low SD-Out1, channel B [0x012f0083]
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 122
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
A diagnostic mark has been detected in an invalid position.
Check parameter setting of the diagnostic mark and adapt it, if necessary.Check diagnostic sensors with regard to their correct position.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 128
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Channel A of output SD-Out1 cannot be deactivated. Check wiring at the output SD-Out1 for short circuit.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 129
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Channel A of output SD-Out1 cannot be activated. Check supply voltage and wiring for the safe output.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 130
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Channel B of output SD-Out1 cannot be deactivated. Check wiring at the output SD-Out1 for short circuit.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 131
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Channel B of output SD-Out1 cannot be activated. Check supply voltage and wiring for the safe output.
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 166
6 Error messages
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Stuck at High at SD-In1, channel A [0x012f0090]
Stuck at High at SD-In1, channel B [0x012f0091]
Stuck at High at SD-In2, channel A [0x012f0092]
Stuck at High at SD-In2, channel B [0x012f0093]
Stuck at High at SD-In3, channel A [0x012f0094]
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 144
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Channel A of input SD-In1 cannot be deactivated. • Check wiring at the safe input for short circuit.• Check configuration for the safe input.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 145
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Channel B of input SD-In1 cannot be deactivated. • Check wiring at the safe input for short circuit.• Check configuration for the safe input.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 146
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Channel A of input SD-In2 cannot be deactivated. • Check wiring at the safe input for short circuit.• Check configuration for the safe input.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 147
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Channel B of input SD-In2 cannot be deactivated. • Check wiring at the safe input for short circuit.• Check configuration for the safe input.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 148
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Channel A of input SD-In3 cannot be deactivated. • Check wiring at the safe input for short circuit.• Check configuration for the safe input.
6 Error messages
167 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Stuck at High at SD-In3, channel B [0x012f0095]
Stuck at High at SD-In4, channel A [0x012f0096]
Stuck at High at SD-In4, channel B [0x012f0097]
New parameter set deleted [0x012f00a0]
New safe parameter set loaded [0x012f00a1]
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 149
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Channel B of input SD-In3 cannot be deactivated. • Check wiring at the safe input for short circuit.• Check configuration for the safe input.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 150
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Channel A of input SD-In4 cannot be deactivated. • Check wiring at the safe input for short circuit.• Check configuration for the safe input.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 151
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Channel B of input SD-In4 cannot be deactivated. • Check wiring at the safe input for short circuit.• Check configuration for the safe input.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 160
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The parameter set has been deleted via the safe parameterisation in the Engineer.
--
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 161
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
New parameter set has been loaded via the safe parameterisation in the Engineer or by actuating the module button at the safety module.
--
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 168
6 Error messages
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Memory module - parameter set access error [0x012f00a2]
Different parameter sets [0x012f00a3]
No safe parameter set safety module [0x012f00a4]
Defective parameter set safety module [0x012f00a5]
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 162
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
An error has been detected when accessing the safe parameter set in the memory module.
Carry out a general reset. Transfer the safe parameter set into the safety module.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 163
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Different parameter sets on the memory module and on the safety module.
Transfer the safe parameter set via the Engineer into the safety module. Parameter set acceptance from the memory module using the module button at the safety module.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 164
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Safety module has no parameter set. Transfer safe parameter set via Engineer into safety module.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 165
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Parameter set on safety module is defective. Transfer safe parameter set via Engineer into safety module.
6 Error messages
169 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Memory module - parameter set format error [0x012f00a6]
Parameter set plausibility error [0x012f00a7]
Safety parameter set communication error [0x012f00a8]
Module ID unequal effective safety address [0x012f00a9]
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 166
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
A format error has been detected in the parameter set of the memory module.
Recreate the parameter set format using the "General reset" function and transfer the parameter set via the Engineer into the safety module.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 167
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The set parameters are not plausible with regard to each other.
Select the parameter set in the Engineer. Call the plausibility check and transfer the parameter set via the Engineer into the safety module.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 168
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
A communication error has occurred when loading the parameter set.
• Check whether memory module and safety module have been installed correctly.
• Repeat parameter set transfer.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 169
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The module ID in the parameter set does not correspond to the effective safety address.
Adjust module ID, safety address and DIP switch for setting the safety address.
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 170
6 Error messages
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
SREF: time-out [0x012f00b0]
SREF: reference deleted [0x012f00b1]
Maximum slip exceeded [0x012f00b2]
Tolerance of starting position exceeded [0x012f00b3]
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 176
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The time-out between SREF_Start and SREF_Load has been exceeded.
Check parameter setting of the time-out value and adapt it, if necessary.Check parameter setting of the edge evaluation for SREF_Start and SREF_Load.Reference mode: check whether SREF_Load signal is triggered after activation of SREF_Start.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 177
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The safe reference has been deleted. The acknowledgement of an error after the violation of a parameterised absolute position difference may result in the loss of the reference.Check and if necessary, adapt the parameters for position differences between the motor encoder and the position encoder.Manual deletion of the reference has been requested via C15559.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 178
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The maximum slip has been exceeded. Check and if necessary, replace / maintain drive components that are prone to wear.Evaluate slip monitoring in C15001 and reference / maintain the system in time when level 3 is reached.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 179
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The tolerance limit of the starting position has been exceeded.
Do not move drive components in deenergised state, or secure them using suitable measures (e.g. apply motor brake).
6 Error messages
171 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Tolerance of position comparison exceeded [0x012f00b4]
Reference voltage error [0x012f00c0]
6V voltage error [0x012f00c1]
5V voltage error [0x012f00c2]
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 180
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The tolerance limit parameterised in C15412 between pSM and pGG has been exceeded.
Check gearbox factor and mounting position in the safe parameter setting.Check and if necessary, replace / maintain drive components that are prone to wear.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 192
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The threshold value of the reference voltage in the safety module has been exceeded or fallen below the limit value.
Replace safety module.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 193
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The threshold value of the 6 V voltage in the safety module has been exceeded or fallen below the limit value.
Replace safety module.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 194
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The threshold value of the 5 V-reference voltage in the safety module has been exceeded or fallen below the limit value.
Replace safety module.
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 172
6 Error messages
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3.3V voltage error [0x012f00c3]
Safe speed invalid [0x012f00d0]
SSM: Encoder error [0x012f00d1]
SSM: Resolver error [0x012f00d2]
SSM: Standard device data error [0x012f00d3]
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 195
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The threshold value of the 2.6 V voltage in the safety module has been exceeded or fallen below the limit value.
Replace safety module.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 208
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
It is not possible to detect a safe speed. • Check encoder systems used.• Check communication between the drive and the
safety module.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 209
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Error in safe speed monitoring via encoder. Check configuration and connection of the encoder used.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 210
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Error in safe speed monitoring via resolver. Check configuration and connection of the encoder used.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 211
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Error in safe speed monitoring. The data transferred by the standard device is faulty.
Please contact Lenze.
6 Error messages
173 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
SSM: Speed comparison error [0x012f00d4]
SSM: Synchronisation error [0x012f00d5]
SSM: Wrong PDO version [0x012f00d6]
FSoE: unexpected command [0x012f00e0]
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 212
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The difference between the speed calculated internally and the speed values of the standard device exceeds the parameterised limit.
• Check configuration of the encoder system/s and gearbox factor.
• Check tolerance value for the speed comparison• Set code C00100 in the 9400 to "16" if a digital
position encoder is used.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 213
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Error in safe speed monitoring: Faulty synchronisation between the standard device and the safety module.
Please contact Lenze.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 214
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Error in safe speed monitoring: PDO version of data protocol is incompatible.
The use of the SM302 parameter set format in Servo Drives 9400 requires the following software versions:
• Servo Drives 9400 HighLine from software version 13.xx onwards
• Servo Drives 9400 PLC from software version 07.xx onwards
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 224
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Unexpected FSoE command received. -
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 174
6 Error messages
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
FSoE: unknown command [0x012f00e1]
FSoE: invalid connection ID [0x012f00e2]
FSoE: CRC error [0x012f00e3]
FSoE: watchdog expired [0x012f00e4]
FSoE: invalid slave address [0x012f00e5]
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 225
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Unknown FSoE command received. -
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 226
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
FSoE frame with invalid connection ID received. -
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 227
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
CRC in FSoE frame is erroneous. Observe notes for an EMC-compliant system installation.Check configuration of the FSoE nodes.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 228
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
FSoE monitoring time exceeded. Check execution time in the FSoE master's control program and increase time for FSoE watchdog, if necessary.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 229
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The slave address transferred by the FSoE master does not comply with the address set in the slave.
Check parameters of the FSoE address in the FSoE master and in the parameter setting of the safety module.
6 Error messages
175 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
FSoE: invalid communication parameter length [0x012f00e6]
FSoE: invalid communication parameter data [0x012f00e7]
FSoE: invalid application parameter length [0x012f00e8]
FSoE: invalid application parameter data [0x012f00e9]
FSoE passivated [0x012f00ea]
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 230
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The communication parameters' length transferred by the master does not comply with the length expected.
Check setting of the communication parameters.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 231
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Invalid communication parameter data received. Check setting of the communication parameters.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 232
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
The application parameters' length transferred by the master does not comply with the length expected.
Check setting of the communication parameters.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 233
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Invalid communication parameter data received. Check setting of the communication parameters.
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 234
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
Stack processing has passivated the FSoE data. Check FSoE nodes.
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 176
6 Error messages
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
FSoE: data exchange exited [0x012f00eb]
Module ID (decimal) Error ID (decimal)
303: SM302 safety module 235
Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)
None System fault Fault Trouble Quick stop by trouble Warning locked Warning Information
Cause Remedy
FSoE has exited the process data exchange. Check FSoE nodes.
Index
177 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Symbols"LS_SafetyModuleInterface" system block 15
Figures3.3V voltage error (error message) 172
5V voltage error (error message) 171
6V voltage error (error message) 171
AActual position value p_safe (C15403) 131
Actual speed - n_safe (C15402) 131
AIE 56
AIS 56
Application notes 9
BBasic function "Limiter" 15
CC15000 101
C15001 102
C15003 103
C15010 103
C15011 104
C15013 104
C15014 104
C15015 104
C15016 104
C15017 105
C15030 105
C15031 105
C15032 106
C15033 106
C15034 107
C15035 107
C15036 107
C15040 108
C15051 109
C15052 110
C15053 111
C15055 112
C15060 112
C15100 113
C15101 113
C15111 113
C15112 113
C15113 114
C15115 115
C15120 116
C15121 116
C15122 116
C15123 116
C15124 116
C15125 117
C15126 117
C15127 117
C15128 117
C15129 117
C15130 117
C15135 118
C15140 118
C15141 118
C15200 118
C15201 118
C15202 119
C15203 119
C15204 119
C15205 119
C15210 120
C15300 120
C15305 120
C15306 120
C15307 121
C15308 121
C15310 121
C15311 121
C15312 121
C15315 122
C15316 122
C15317 122
C15318 122
C15319 122
C15320 123
C15321 123
C15325 123
C15330 123
C15331 124
C15332 124
C15333 124
C15340 125
C15341 125
C15342 125
C15343 125
C15344 126
C15350 126
C15360 126
C15361 126
C15362 127
C15365 127
C15366 127
C15370 127
C15371 128
C15372 128
C15373 128
C15374 128
C15375 128
Index
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 178
Index
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
C15376 128
C15377 129
C15378 129
C15379 129
C15380 129
C15381 129
C15382 129
C15383 130
C15384 130
C15385 130
C15387 130
C15388 130
C15389 130
C15400 131
C15401 131
C15402 131
C15403 131
C15405 132
C15408 132
C15409 132
C15410 132
C15411 133
C15412 133
C15420 133
C15430 133
C15500 133
C15501 134
C15502 134
C15540 134
C15550 134
C15551 134
C15552 135
C15553 135
C15554 135
C15555 135
C15556 136
C15557 136
C15558 136
C15559 136
C15560 137
C15800 137
C15801 137
C15805 138
C15810 138
C15815 139
C15820 139
C15821 140
C15822 140
C15890 140
C15891 140
C15892 141
C15893 142
C15900 144
C15901 144
C15902 144
C214 19
CAS 84Cascading (C15035) 107Circulation time exceeded (error message) 162Hardware or discrepancy error (error message) 162Stop delay (C15036) 107
Cascading 84
Change password 99
Command status (C15003) 103
Communication error - standard device (error message) 152
Compatibility mode 33
Conventions used 7
Curr. position difference pSM-pGG (C15408) 132
Current DIP switch display (C15101) 113
Current error type (C15800) 137
Current time (C15890) 140
DDeactivated SD-In1 = high (error message) 155
Deactivated SD-In2 = high (error message) 155
Deactivated SD-In3 = high (error message) 156
Deactivated SD-In4 = high (error message) 156
Defective parameter set safety module (error message) 168
Device password 99
Different parameter sets (error message) 168
Disconnecting paths 13
Discrepancy error or functional test SD-In1 (error message) 154
Discrepancy error or functional test SD-In2 (error message) 154
Discrepancy error or functional test SD-In3 (error message) 154
Discrepancy error or functional test SD-In4 (error message) 154
Discrepancy time 49
Download parameter set 95
Drive-based safety 10
EEffective safety address (C15112) 113
E-mail to Lenze 184
Error - internal disconnecting path (error message) 159
Error - SD-Inx / CLx (error message) 158
Error history (C15801) 137
Error in PROFIsafe communication 27
Error management 27
Error number0x012f0001 1510x012f0002 1510x012f0003 1520x012f0010 1520x012f0011 1520x012f0021 1520x012f0022 1520x012f0023 1530x012f0024 1530x012f0025 153
Index
179 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
0x012f0026 1530x012f0027 1540x012f0031 1540x012f0032 1540x012f0033 1540x012f0034 1540x012f0035 1550x012f0036 1550x012f0037 1550x012f0039 1550x012f003a 1550x012f003b 1560x012f003c 1560x012f0040 1560x012f0041 1560x012f0042 1560x012f0043 1570x012f0044 1570x012f0045 1570x012f0046 1570x012f0047 1570x012f0048 1580x012f0049 1580x012f004a 1580x012f0051 1580x012f0052 1580x012f0059 1590x012f005d 1590x012f005e 1590x012f0061 1590x012f0062 1590x012f0063 1600x012f0064 1600x012f0065 1600x012f0066 1600x012f0067 1600x012f0068 1610x012f0069 1610x012f006a 1610x012f006b 1610x012f006c 1620x012f006d 1620x012f006e 1620x012f006f 1620x012f0071 1630x012f0072 1630x012f0073 1630x012f0074 1630x012f0075 1630x012f0076 1640x012f0077 1640x012f0078 1640x012f0079 1640x012f007a 1650x012f0080 1650x012f0081 1650x012f0082 1650x012f0083 165
0x012f0090 1660x012f0091 1660x012f0092 1660x012f0093 1660x012f0094 1660x012f0095 1670x012f0096 1670x012f0097 1670x012f00a0 1670x012f00a1 1670x012f00a2 1680x012f00a3 1680x012f00a4 1680x012f00a5 1680x012f00a6 1690x012f00a7 1690x012f00a8 1690x012f00a9 1690x012f00b0 1700x012f00b1 1700x012f00b2 1700x012f00b3 1700x012f00b4 1710x012f00c0 1710x012f00c1 1710x012f00c2 1710x012f00c3 1720x012f00d0 1720x012f00d1 1720x012f00d2 1720x012f00d3 1720x012f00d4 1730x012f00d5 1730x012f00d6 1730x012f00e0 1730x012f00e1 1740x012f00e2 1740x012f00e3 1740x012f00e4 1740x012f00e5 1740x012f00e6 1750x012f00e7 1750x012f00e8 1750x012f00e9 1750x012f00ea 1750x012f00eb 176
Error states 27
ES 81
Export 32
Export group 32
FF_CRC_Length error (error message) 157
F_Dest_Add = 0 or FFFFhex (error message) 156
F_Dest_Add unequal F address (error message) 156
F_SIL exceeds technical SIL (error message) 157
F_Source_Add = 0 or FFFFhex (error message) 156
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 180
Index
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
F_WD_Time = 0 msec (error message) 157
F_WD_Time exceeded (error message) 153
Fail-safe state 13
Feedback to Lenze 184
Firmware compilation date (C15901) 144
Firmware product type (C15900) 144
Firmware version (C15902) 144
F-parameter error (error message) 154
Free assignment 49
FSoECRC error (error message) 174Data exchange exited (error message) 176Invalid application parameter data (error message) 175Invalid application parameter length (error message) 175Invalid communication parameter data (error message) 175Invalid communication parameter length (error message) 175Invalid connection ID (error message) 174Invalid slave address (error message) 174Unexpected command (error message) 173Unknown command (error message) 174Watchdog expired (error message) 174
FSoE Appl Parameter Length (C15130) 117
FSoE Com Parameter Length (C15129) 117
FSoE connection 89
FSoE Connection State (C15135) 118
FSoE Connection Type (C15128) 117
FSoE Master Command (C15123) 116
FSoE Master Connection ID (C15124) 116
FSoE Master CRC (C15125) 117
FSoE passivated (error message) 175
FSoE Slave Command (C15120) 116
FSoE Slave Connection ID (C15121) 116
FSoE Slave CRC (C15122) 116
FSoE Version (C15126) 117
FSoE Watchdog Time (C15127) 117
Functional range of SM302 14
GGeneral reset 98
General reset of the device 98
gotolink parameter.fmc15001 71
IImport 32
Import group 32
Incorrect F-parameter version (error message) 157
Input delay 49
Input image (C15040) 108
Internal actual position value (C15820) 139
Internal actual speed value (C15405) 132
Internal error - AIE (error message) 155
Internal error - AIS (error message) 155
Internal error - module switch (error message) 155
Internal error, SS1 activated (error message) 151
Internal error, SS2 activated (error message) 152
Internal error, STO enable (error message) 151
LLayout of the safety instructions 9
Log function (C15891) 140
Log status (C15893) 142
Log time (C15892) 141
Logbook 28
Logout user 99
LS_Limiter 15
LS_SafetyModuleInterface 15, 20
MMaximum compensated slip (C15540) 134
Maximum slip exceeded (error message) 170
Memory module - parameter set access error (error message) 168
Memory module parameter set format error (error message) 169
Module ID unequal effective safety address (error message) 169
Motor encoder status (C15401) 131
Motor encoder system (C15400) 131
Motor mounting direction (C15409) 132
NNew parameter set deleted (error message) 167
New password 99
New safe parameter set has been loaded (error message) 167
No encoder system configured (error message) 161
No safe parameter set safety module (error message) 168
Number of resolver pole (C15430) 133
OOMS 78
Function at LOW level (C15202) 119Motion function (C15201) 118Stop function (C15200) 118
Output image (C15060) 112
PParameter CRC (C15011) 104
Parameter list 100
Parameter set creation time (C15013) 104
Parameter set plausibility error (error message) 169
Parameter set status (C15010) 103
Parameter set version (C15016) 104
Password file 94
Password management 99
PDSSCurr. difference of diag. pos. (C15388) 130Curr. speed monitored (C15389) 130Detection of the diagnostic position (C15380) 129
Index
181 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Diag. pos. input source (C15379) 129Diagnostic mark detected in invalid position (error message) 165Error response (C15387) 130Lower diagnostic position (C15381) 129Lower position limit (C15370) 127Lower SCS limit (C15372) 128Max. deceleration of lower limit (C15377) 129Max. deceleration of upper limit (C15378) 129Max. speed (C15376) 128No diagnostic mark detected in expected position (error message) 164No valid reference (error message) 164Permanent activation (C15385) 130SCS creeping speed exceeded (error message) 164SCS from the lower limit (C15374) 128SCS from the upper limit (C15375) 128Slip comp. in the end range (C15384) 130Speed exceeded (error message) 164Tolerance of diagnostic position (C15383) 130Upper diagnostic position (C15382) 129Upper position limit (C15371) 128Upper SCS limit (C15373) 128
Plausibility check 32, 95
Position encoder gearbox factor (C15501) 134
Position encoder mounting direction (C15502) 134
Position encoder system (C15500) 133
PROFIsafe 87
PROFIsafe - communication error (error message) 152
PROFIsafe - invalid data (error message) 153
PROFIsafe CRC1 error (error message) 157
PROFIsafe has left data exchange (error message) 153
PROFIsafe passivated (error message) 153
RRamp monitoring (SS1/SS2) 61
Read parameter set out of file 97
Read safe data from device 96
Reference voltage error (error message) 171
Required safety module (C214) 19
Reserved (PROFIsafe standard) (error message) 158
Response time of encoder monitoring (C15410) 132
Restart behaviour (C15300) 120
RMSStop function (C15210) 120
SS bus
Configuration (C15100) 113Display control data (C15115) 115Filter control data (C15113) 114
Safe direction 67
Safe inputs 47
Safe operational stop (SOS) 59
Safe outputs 50
Safe parameter transfer 94
Safe speed invalid (error message) 172
Safe transfer 94
Safety address (C15111) 113
Safety address invalid (0 or FFFFhex) (error message) 152
Safety engineering 10
Safety instructions 9
Safety parameter set communication error (error message) 169
Safety state 13
S-bus control bits (C15140) 118
SCALower position limit (C15365) 127Upper position limit (C15366) 127
SDIDelay time (C15341) 125Error response (C15343) 125Maximum position change (C15344) 126Normal operation monitoring (C15340) 125Tolerance threshold (C15342) 125
SD-In 47
SD-In discrepancy time (C15033) 106
SD-In free assignment (C15032) 106
SD-In input delay (C15034) 107
SD-In sensor function (C15031) 105
SD-In sensor type (C15030) 105
SDIneg 67Wrong direction (error message) 161
SDIpos 67Wrong direction (error message) 160
SD-Out 50
SD-Out logic function (C15055) 112
SD-Out switching condition (C15051) 109
SD-Out switching condition (C15052) 110
SD-Out switching condition (C15053) 111
SD-Out1 logic function 52
SD-Out1 switching condition 52
Sending safe data 95
Sensor function 48
Sensor type 48
Service code (C15805) 138
Service code (C15810) 138
Service status 18
Short circuit - SD-Out (error message) 159
Sin/cos encoder PPR (C15420) 133
SLI 76Increment in normal operation (C15325) 123Increment in special operation (C15203) 119Maximum change in position (C15204) 119Safely limited increment exceeded (error message) 162
SLPError response (C15362) 127Lower position limit (C15360) 126No valid reference (error message) 163Upper position limit (C15361) 126
SLP1
Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06 182
Index
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Position range exited (error message) 163
SLP2Position range exited (error message) 163
SLP3Position range exited (error message) 163
SLP4Position range exited (error message) 163
SLS 65Braking time Nlim (C15331) 124Limited speed Nlim (C15330) 123Permissible direction of movement (C15333) 124Response (n>Nlim) (C15332) 124
SLS, SMSMax. response time (C15350) 126
SLS/SMSError stop not executed (error message) 160
SLS1Nlim1 exceeded (error message) 159
SLS2Nlim2 exceeded (error message) 160
SLS3Nlim3 exceeded (error message) 160
SLS4Nlim4 exceeded (error message) 160
SMI_SafetyModuleInterface 26
SMS 63Max. speed Nmax (C15320) 123Nmax exceeded (error message) 161Reaction (n>Nmax) (C15321) 123
SOSMaximum position change (C15312) 121Tolerance limit exceeded (error message) 161Tolerance margin (delta p=0) (C15311) 121
Speed comparison tolerance. (C15411) 133
Speed window (n=0) (C15310) 121
SREF 43Delete reference (C15559) 136Home position (C15555) 135Reference deleted (error message) 170Ref-InA edge trigger (C15551) 134Ref-InB edge trigger (C15553) 135Restart condition (C15556) 136SLS homing (C15558) 136SREF_Load input source (C15552) 135SREF_Start input source (C15550) 134Status (C15560) 137Time-out (C15554) 135Time-out (error message) 170Tolerance of starting position (C15557) 136
SS1 58Delay of STO after n=0 121
SS1 mode (C15306) 120
SS1, SS2abs start offset ramp (C15318) 122Curr. ramp speed (C15821) 140Min. ramp diff. (C15822) 140
Ramp - S-ramp time (C15316) 122Ramp monitoring (C15315) 122Ramp offset mode (C15319) 122rel start offset ramp (C15317) 122Stopping time (C15305) 120
SS1/SS2Speed ramp exceeded (error message) 162Stopping time exceeded (error message) 159
SS2 59
SS2 mode (C15308) 121
SSE 57Emegency stop function (C15205) 119
SSMEncoder error (error message) 172Resolver error (error message) 172Speed comparison error (error message) 173Standard device data error (error message) 172Synchronisation error (error message) 173Wrong PDO version (error message) 173
Standard password 99
Status 1 safety functions (C15000) 101
Status 2 safety functions (C15001) 102
Status bits (C15141) 118
Status of LEDs (C15815) 139
STO 57
Stored module ID (C15017) 105
Stuck at High at SD-In1, channel A (error message) 166
Stuck at High at SD-In1, channel B (error message) 166
Stuck at High at SD-In2, channel A (error message) 166
Stuck at High at SD-In2, channel B (error message) 166
Stuck at High at SD-In3, channel A (error message) 166
Stuck at High at SD-In3, channel B (error message) 167
Stuck at High at SD-In4, channel A (error message) 167
Stuck at High at SD-In4, channel B (error message) 167
Stuck at High SD-Out1, channel A (error message) 165
Stuck at High SD-Out1, channel B (error message) 165
Stuck at Low SD-Out1, channel A (error message) 165
Stuck at Low SD-Out1, channel B (error message) 165
Supported interfaces 18
Synchronisation error - standard device (error message) 152
System block "LS_Limiter" 15
System fault 27
TTable of attributes 145
Test pulse error - internal disconnecting path (error message) 159
Time of RTC parameter setting (C15014) 104
Time of sec. parameter setting (C15015) 104
Tolerance of position comparison (C15412) 133
Tolerance of position comparison exceeded (error message) 171
Tolerance of starting position exceeded (error message) 170
Trouble 27
Index
183 Lenze · SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
UUnlock 32
Unlock group 32
Upload parameter set from device 96
VVerify Password 99
WWarning 27
Write parameter set into file 97
184
Your opinion is important to usThese instructions were created to the best of our knowledge andbelief to give you the best possible support for handling our product.
If you have suggestions for improvement, please e-mail us to:
Thank you for your support.
Your Lenze documentation team
L
SM 302 safety module · Parameter setting & configuration · EDS94AYAF · 13515155 · DMS 1.0 EN · 09/2016 · TD06
Lenze Automation GmbHHans-Lenze-Straße 1D-31855 AerzenGermany
+49 (0)51 54 / 82-0+49 (0)51 54 / 82-28 [email protected]
ServiceLenze Service GmbHBreslauer Straße 3D-32699 ExtertalGermany
00 80 00 / 24 4 68 77 (24 h helpline)+49 (0)51 54 / 82-11 [email protected]